Broadcom Brocade X7-4 Director Hardware Hardware Installation Guide


Add to my manuals
215 Pages

advertisement

Broadcom Brocade X7-4 Director Hardware Hardware Installation Guide | Manualzz

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Installation Guide

30 April 2020

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

30 April 2020

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Table of Contents

Copyright Notice.................................................................................................................................. 9

Introduction.........................................................................................................................................10

About This Document....................................................................................................................................................10

Supported Hardware...................................................................................................................................................... 10

Notes, Cautions, and Danger Notices......................................................................................................................... 12

Contacting Technical Support for Your Brocade

®

Product.......................................................................................12

Document Feedback...................................................................................................................................................... 13

Device Overview.................................................................................................................................14

Product Features............................................................................................................................................................ 14

Hardware Components.................................................................................................................................................. 15

Port-Side View of the Device........................................................................................................................................ 16

Port-Side Slot Numbering............................................................................................................................................. 17

Nonport-Side View of the Device................................................................................................................................. 17

Preparing for Installation.................................................................................................................. 19

Safety Precautions......................................................................................................................................................... 19

Facility Requirements.................................................................................................................................................... 21

Time and Items Required.............................................................................................................................................. 21

Shipped Items................................................................................................................................................................. 23

Quick Installation Checklists........................................................................................................................................ 24

Mounting the Device..........................................................................................................................27

Mounting Options...........................................................................................................................................................27

Mounting Precautions....................................................................................................................................................27

Unpacking and Transporting the Device.....................................................................................................................28

Installing the 8U Chassis Airflow Diversion or Port-Side Exhaust Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX4S-0121 and XBR-DCX4S-0130)...................................................................................................................................................28

Time and Items Required......................................................................................................................................... 29

Installing the Device in an 18–24-Inch Rack (XBR-DCX4S-0130)...........................................................................29

Parts List............................................................................................................................................................ 29

Torque Requirements.........................................................................................................................................31

Assembling the Rack Hardware........................................................................................................................ 31

Installing the Device in the Rack.......................................................................................................................35

Installing the Device in a 27-31-Inch Rack (XBR-DCX4S-0121)..............................................................................37

Parts List............................................................................................................................................................ 37

Torque Requirements.........................................................................................................................................38

Assembling the Rack Hardware........................................................................................................................ 39

Installing Shipping Brackets (Optional)..............................................................................................................42

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

2

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Installing the Device in the Rack.......................................................................................................................42

Installing the 8U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX4S-0126 and XBR-X64-0126)........43

Time and Items Required......................................................................................................................................... 43

Parts List................................................................................................................................................................... 44

Assembling the Rack Hardware............................................................................................................................... 46

Installing the Device in the Rack..............................................................................................................................49

Installing the 8U Chassis 27-31-Inch Rail Rack Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX4S-0120)................................51

Time and Items Required......................................................................................................................................... 51

Parts List................................................................................................................................................................... 51

Assembling the Rack Hardware............................................................................................................................... 52

Installing the Device in the Rack..............................................................................................................................54

Initial Setup and Verification.............................................................................................................56

Configuration and Verification Task Guide................................................................................................................. 56

Items Required................................................................................................................................................................57

Providing Power to the Device.....................................................................................................................................57

Connecting the Power Cord to AC Power Supplies.................................................................................................58

Connecting to HVAC/HVDC Power Supplies........................................................................................................... 58

Using HVAC/HVDC Power Cords......................................................................................................................61

Establishing a Serial Connection to the Device.........................................................................................................62

Configuring the IP Addresses...................................................................................................................................... 64

Establishing an Ethernet Connection to the Device..................................................................................................65

Setting the Domain ID................................................................................................................................................... 66

Setting the Date and Time............................................................................................................................................ 66

Setting the Time Zone.............................................................................................................................................. 67

Synchronizing the Local Time with an External Source...........................................................................................68

Customizing the Chassis and Switch Name...............................................................................................................68

Verifying Installed Licenses and the License Key..................................................................................................... 69

Verifying Correct Operation.......................................................................................................................................... 70

Backing Up the Configuration...................................................................................................................................... 70

Powering Down the Chassis.........................................................................................................................................71

Installing Transceivers and Cables..................................................................................................74

Supported Transceivers and Cables............................................................................................................................74

Port and Extension Blade Transceivers................................................................................................................... 76

Core Routing Blades.................................................................................................................................................77

Time and Items Required.............................................................................................................................................. 79

Precautions Specific to Transceivers and Cables......................................................................................................79

Cleaning the Fiber-Optic Connectors.......................................................................................................................... 80

Cable Management.........................................................................................................................................................80

Installing an SFP+ Transceiver.....................................................................................................................................80

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

3

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Replacing an SFP+ Transceiver................................................................................................................................... 82

Installing a QSFP Transceiver...................................................................................................................................... 83

Replacing a QSFP Transceiver.....................................................................................................................................84

Verifying the Operation of New Transceivers............................................................................................................. 85

Monitoring the Device....................................................................................................................... 86

Introduction..................................................................................................................................................................... 86

Interpreting FC32-X7-48 Port Blade LEDs...................................................................................................................86

Interpreting FC64-48 Port Blade LEDs.........................................................................................................................88

Interpreting FC32-64 Port Blade LEDs.........................................................................................................................90

Interpreting Extension Blade LEDs..............................................................................................................................92

Interpreting Control Processor Blade LEDs............................................................................................................... 94

Interpreting Core Routing Blade LEDs........................................................................................................................96

Interpreting WWN Card LEDs....................................................................................................................................... 97

Interpreting Power Supply LEDs..................................................................................................................................98

Interpreting Fan Assembly LEDs............................................................................................................................... 101

Interpreting POST and Boot Results......................................................................................................................... 102

POST....................................................................................................................................................................... 102

Boot......................................................................................................................................................................... 102

Optical Transceiver Requirements..........................................................................................................................103

Using Monitoring Commands..................................................................................................................................... 103

chassisShow............................................................................................................................................................103

errDump and errShow.............................................................................................................................................107

fanShow...................................................................................................................................................................107

haShow....................................................................................................................................................................108

historyShow............................................................................................................................................................. 108

psShow.................................................................................................................................................................... 109

sensorShow............................................................................................................................................................. 110 sfpShow................................................................................................................................................................... 110

slotShow.................................................................................................................................................................. 113

switchShow..............................................................................................................................................................114

supportSave.............................................................................................................................................................114

tempShow................................................................................................................................................................117

Running Diagnostic Tests........................................................................................................................................... 118

Port and Extension Blades............................................................................................................. 119

FC32-X7-48 Port Blade Overview............................................................................................................................... 119

FC32-X7-48 Port Blade Numbering and Trunking................................................................................................. 119

FC64-48 Port Blade Overview.....................................................................................................................................120

FC64-48 Port Blade Numbering and Trunking....................................................................................................... 121

FC32-64 Port Blade Overview.....................................................................................................................................122

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

4

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

FC32-64 Port Blade Numbering and Trunking....................................................................................................... 122

Extension Blade Overview.......................................................................................................................................... 123

Extension Features................................................................................................................................................. 124

SX6 Blade Port Numbering and Trunking.............................................................................................................. 125

Blade-Specific Precautions......................................................................................................................................... 126

Faulty Blade Indicators................................................................................................................................................126

Time and Items Required for Removal and Installation.......................................................................................... 127

Removing a Blade........................................................................................................................................................ 127

Installing a Blade..........................................................................................................................................................129

Verifying Blade Operation........................................................................................................................................... 130

Core Routing Blades....................................................................................................................... 131

Core Routing Blade Overview.................................................................................................................................... 131

CR64-4 Port Numbering......................................................................................................................................... 131

ICL Trunking Groups...............................................................................................................................................132

ICL Cabling Configurations..................................................................................................................................... 133

Blade-Specific Precautions......................................................................................................................................... 135

Faulty Core Routing Blade Indicators....................................................................................................................... 136

Time and Items Required............................................................................................................................................ 136

Replacing a Core Routing Blade................................................................................................................................137

Preparing for Replacement..................................................................................................................................... 137

Removing a Core Routing Blade............................................................................................................................138

Installing a Core Routing Blade..............................................................................................................................139

Verifying Blade Operation........................................................................................................................................... 140

Control Processor Blades...............................................................................................................141

Control Processor Blade Overview............................................................................................................................141

CPX7 Port Identification..........................................................................................................................................141

Blade-Specific Precautions......................................................................................................................................... 142

Blade Fault Indicators..................................................................................................................................................143

Blade Replacement Task Guide..................................................................................................................................143

Time and Items Required for Replacement...............................................................................................................144

Preparing for Replacement......................................................................................................................................... 144

Replacing a CP Blade..................................................................................................................................................145

Hot-Swap Procedure............................................................................................................................................... 146

Removing a Blade........................................................................................................................................... 146

Installing a Blade............................................................................................................................................. 147

Verifying and Synchronizing Firmware on Blades...........................................................................................148

Cold-Swap Procedure............................................................................................................................................. 151

Removing a Blade........................................................................................................................................... 152

Installing a Blade............................................................................................................................................. 153

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

5

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Completing the Replacement..................................................................................................................................153

Verifying Blade Operation........................................................................................................................................... 154

WWN Cards.......................................................................................................................................155

WWN Card Overview....................................................................................................................................................155

WWN Card Location and Numbering..................................................................................................................... 155

Precautions Specific to WWN Cards......................................................................................................................... 156

WWN Card Fault Indicators.........................................................................................................................................156

WWN Card Replacement Task Guide.........................................................................................................................158

Time and Items Required for Replacement...............................................................................................................158

Using the wwnrecover Utility......................................................................................................................................158

Preparing for WWN Card Replacement..................................................................................................................... 160

Hot-Swap Replacement................................................................................................................................................161

Cold-Swap Replacement..............................................................................................................................................162

Removing the WWN Card and Bezel......................................................................................................................... 164

Configuring the Airflow Direction on WWN Cards...................................................................................................165

Verifying WWN Card Operation.................................................................................................................................. 165

Power Supply Assemblies.............................................................................................................. 166

AC Power Supply Overview........................................................................................................................................166

HVAC/HVDC Power Supply Overview........................................................................................................................ 167

Power Supply Assembly Numbering......................................................................................................................... 168

Fan and Power Supply Airflow...................................................................................................................................168

Precautions Specific to Power Supply Assembly.................................................................................................... 170

Power Supply Assembly Fault Indicators................................................................................................................. 170

Power Supply Assembly Task Guide.........................................................................................................................170

Time and Items Required............................................................................................................................................ 171

Removing a Power Supply..........................................................................................................................................172

Installing a Power Supply........................................................................................................................................... 173

Verifying Power Supply Operation.............................................................................................................................174

Fan Assemblies................................................................................................................................175

Fan Assembly Overview..............................................................................................................................................175

Fan and Power Supply Airflow............................................................................................................................... 175

Fan Assembly Numbering.......................................................................................................................................176

Precautions Specific to Fan Assemblies...................................................................................................................177

Fan Assembly Fault Indicators...................................................................................................................................177

Fan Assembly Task Guide.......................................................................................................................................... 178

Time and Items Required............................................................................................................................................ 179

Removing a Fan Assembly......................................................................................................................................... 179

Installing a Fan Assembly...........................................................................................................................................180

Verifying Fan Operation...............................................................................................................................................180

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

6

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Blade Filler Panels...........................................................................................................................181

Blade Filler Panel Removal and Replacement..........................................................................................................181

Removing a Filler Panel.............................................................................................................................................. 181

Installing a Filler Panel................................................................................................................................................182

Cable Management Fingers............................................................................................................ 184

Cable Management Fingers Overview....................................................................................................................... 184

Time and Items Required for Removal and Replacement.......................................................................................184

Removing the Cable Management Finger Assembly............................................................................................... 184

Installing the Cable Management Finger Assembly.................................................................................................185

Chassis Door.................................................................................................................................... 187

Chassis Door Overview............................................................................................................................................... 187

Time and Items Required............................................................................................................................................ 187

Removing a Chassis Door.......................................................................................................................................... 187

Installing a Chassis Door............................................................................................................................................188

Replacing the Chassis.....................................................................................................................190

Chassis Replacement Overview................................................................................................................................. 190

Precautions Specific to Chassis Replacement.........................................................................................................190

Chassis Replacement Task Guide..............................................................................................................................190

Chassis Fault Indicators..............................................................................................................................................191

Time and Items Required............................................................................................................................................ 191

Preparing for Replacement......................................................................................................................................... 192

Recording Critical Device and SAN Information.....................................................................................................192

Disconnecting from the Network and Fabric.......................................................................................................... 196

Removing Components from the Chassis................................................................................................................ 196

Installing the Replacement Chassis...........................................................................................................................197

Installing Components into the Chassis................................................................................................................... 197

Synchronizing Airflow Direction on WWN Cards..................................................................................................... 198

Downloading the Configuration..................................................................................................................................199

Reconnecting the System to the Network and Fabric............................................................................................. 199

Verifying Correct Operation of the System...............................................................................................................200

Verifying Correct Configuration of the Fabric.......................................................................................................... 201

Regulatory Statements.................................................................................................................... 203

BSMI Statement (Taiwan).............................................................................................................................................203

Canadian Requirements.............................................................................................................................................. 203

CE Statement................................................................................................................................................................ 203

China ROHS.................................................................................................................................................................. 203

FCC Warning (U.S. Only).............................................................................................................................................203

KCC Statement (Republic of Korea).......................................................................................................................... 204

VCCI Statement.............................................................................................................................................................204

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

7

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Cautions and Danger Notices.........................................................................................................205

Cautions.........................................................................................................................................................................205

Danger Notices............................................................................................................................................................. 210

Revision History............................................................................................................................... 214

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

8

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Copyright Notice

Copyright

©

2020 Broadcom. All Rights Reserved. Broadcom, the pulse logo, Brocade, the stylized B logo, ClearLink,

Fabric OS, and Flexport are among the trademarks of Broadcom in the United States, the EU, and/or other countries. The term “Broadcom” refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries.

Broadcom reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products or data herein to improve reliability, function, or design. Information furnished by Broadcom is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, Broadcom does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of this information, nor the application or use of any product or circuit described herein, neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others.

The product described by this document may contain open source software covered by the GNU General Public License or other open source license agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, to view the licensing terms applicable to the open source software, and to obtain a copy of the programming source code, please download the open source disclosure documents in the Broadcom Customer Support Portal (CSP). If you do not have a

CSP account or are unable to log in, please contact your support provider for this information.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

9

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Introduction

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

About This Document

This hardware installation guide contains procedures and safety requirements for installing the Brocade X7-4 Director into a rack system or as a stand-alone device. Also provided are steps to initially configure the director for operation, verify and monitor operation, replace director field-replaceable units (FRUs), and install transceivers and cables.

Starting with this release, all new and modified content is listed in the

Revision History section at the end of this document.

Supported Hardware

The following tables list the major orderable SKUs and the rack mount kits that are supported on this device. The first release of this product was at Fabric OS

®

9.0.0.

Table 1: Supported FRUs

SKU

AC Power Supply

Fan Assembly

Part Number

XBR-X6-

RACNPIPSU-0104

XBR-X6-

RACNPEPSU-0104

HVAC/HVDC Power

Supply

XBR-X6-

HVNPIPSU-0104

XBR-X6-

HVNPEPSU-0104

XBR-X6-

FANNPI-0122

XBR-X6-

FANNPE-0122

Short Description

Provides 1450W (100–120 VAC) and

2870W (200–240 VAC). This model supports nonport-side intake (NPI) airflow.

Provides 1450W (100–120 VAC) and

2870W (200–277 VAC). This model supports nonport-side exhaust (NPE) airflow.

Dual-function high-voltage model provides the following power output from either a high-voltage AC or DC power source:

1450W (100–120 VAC)

2870W (200–277 VAC)

2870W (240–380 VDC)

This model supports NPI airflow.

Dual-function high-voltage model provides the following power output from either a high-voltage AC or DC power source:

1450W (100–120 VAC)

2870W (200–277 VAC)

2870W (240–380 VDC)

This model supports NPE airflow.

Supports NPI airflow.

Minimum OS for the X7 Chassis

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Currently Supported

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Supports NPE airflow.

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Yes

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

10

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

SKU

FC32-64 Blade

FC64-48 Blade

CPX7 Blade

CR64-4 Blade

SX6 Blade

WWN Card

Blade Slot Filler

Panel

Power Supply

Assembly Slot

Filler Panel

Part Number

XBR-X6-0164

XBR-X764-0148

FC32-X7-48 Blade

XBR-X732-0148

XBR-CPX7-0103

XBR-X74-0106

XBR-SX6-0000

XBR-X7-0124

XBR-X7-0128

XBR-X6-0130

Short Description

Port blade with 16 QSFP+ Flexports ™ that can be configured for FC or FCoE operation. Each port can operate at speeds up to 4x32Gb/s for a total of

64 32Gb/s ports per blade with FC transceivers installed. Optionally, you can install Ethernet transceivers and configure for FCoE operation. Various GbE speeds are supported.

Port blade with 48 front-end 64Gb/s FC

SFP+ ports with edge switch interconnect to the core blades. All FC blade features are supported. Supported SFPs include

10Gb/s, 32Gb/s, and 64Gb/s FC.

Port blade with 48 front-end 32Gb/s FC

SFP+ ports with edge switch interconnect to the core blades. All FC blade features are supported. Supported SFPs include

32Gb/s, 16Gb/s, and 10Gb/s FC.

Control processor (CP) blade.

Core routing blade provides 192 backend

FC links to the port blades in the X7-4

Director. Each CR64-4 blade provides 8

QSFP connections supporting 32 Gen 7

ICL ports.

Extension blade with 16 32Gb/s Fibre

Channel SFP+ ports, 16 10GbE SFP+ ports, and 2 40GbE QSFP+ ports.

World Wide Name card.

Required to cover the empty slot to maintain airflow in the chassis.

Required to cover the empty slot to maintain airflow in the chassis.

Minimum OS for the X7 Chassis

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Fabric OS 9.0.0

Currently Supported

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

The following blades require optics that are labeled with an SEC designation:

Brocade FC64-48 Port Blade

Brocade FC32-X7-48 Port Blade

The following image provides an example of an optic label with SEC in the description (32G LW-SEC 10km).

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

11

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Table 2: Rack Mount Kits

Kit

Rack Mount Kits

Rack Mount Kits

XBR-DCX-0121

XBR-DCX-0120

XBR-DCX-0152

XBR-DCX4S-0120

XBR-DCX4S-0121

XBR-DCX4S-0130

XBR-X64-0126

Part Number Short Description

Mid-mount rack mount kit for two-post rack

14U rack mount kit for four-post rack (27–

31 in.)

14U rack mount kit for four-post rack (22 in.)

27–31-in. rail rack mount kit for four-post rack

Airflow diversion kit for four-post rack (27–

31 in.)

Airflow diversion kit for four-post rack (18–

24 in.)

8U mid-mount rack kit for X6-4 Director for two-post rack

Notes, Cautions, and Danger Notices

Notes, cautions, and danger statements may be used in this document.

NOTE

A Note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a reference to related information.

CAUTION

A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause damage to hardware, firmware, software, or data.

DANGER

A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you. Safety labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these conditions or situations.

Contacting Technical Support for Your Brocade

®

Product

If you purchased Brocade product support from a Broadcom OEM/solution provider, contact your OEM/solution provider for all your product support needs.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

12

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

OEM/solution providers are trained and certified by Broadcom to support Brocade products.

Broadcom provides backline support for issues that cannot be resolved by the OEM/solution provider.

Brocade Supplemental Support augments your existing OEM support contract, providing direct access to Brocade expertise. For more information on this option, contact Broadcom or your OEM.

For questions regarding service levels and response times, contact your OEM/solution provider.

For product support information and the latest information on contacting the Technical Assistance Center, go to www.broadcom.com/support/fibre-channel-networking/ . If you have purchased Brocade product support directly from

Broadcom, use one of the following methods to contact the Technical Assistance Center 24x7.

https://

Online

For nonurgent issues, the preferred method is to log in to myBroadcom at https://www.broadcom.com/mybroadcom . (You must initially register to gain access to the Customer Support

Portal.) Once there, select

Customer Support Portal

>

Support

Portal

. You will now be able to navigate to the following sites:

Knowledge Search

: Clicking the top-right magnifying glass brings up a search bar.

Case Management

: The legacy MyBrocade case management tool (MyCases) has been replaced with the Fibre

Channel Networking case management tool.

DocSafe

: You can download software and documentation.

Other Resources

: Licensing Portal (top), SAN Health (top and bottom), Communities (top), Education (top).

Telephone

Required for Severity 1 (critical) issues:

Please call Fibre Channel Networking Global Support at one of the numbers listed at https://www.broadcom.com/support/fibrechannel-networking/ .

Document Feedback

Quality is our first concern. We have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document.

However, if you find an error or an omission or if you think that a topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. Send your feedback to [email protected]

. Provide the publication title, publication number, topic heading, page number, and as much detail as possible.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

13

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Device Overview

Product Features

Key product features for this device include the following:

Redundant and hot-swappable SFP+, SFP28, QSFP+, and Gen 7 QSFP transceivers; port, extension, control processor (CP), and core routing (CR) blades; power supply assemblies, fan assemblies, and WWN cards that enable a high-availability platform and allow nondisruptive software upgrades for mission-critical SAN applications.

Support for the following features when using the FC32-64 blade:

Up to 16 QSFP ports on each FC32-64 port blade that provide 4x32Gb/s, 4x16Gb/s, 4x8Gb/s, 4x4Gb/s, 4x25GbE, or 40GbE operation. Port speeds for 4x32Gb/s transceivers can auto-negotiate between 4x32Gb/s and 4x16Gb/s.

Port speeds for 4x16Gb/s transceivers can auto-negotiate between 4x16Gb/s, 4x8Gb/s, and 4x4Gb/s.

Flexport technology that allows you to configure each of the 16 QSFP ports on a blade for FC operation or Ethernet

operation for FCoE connections. For details on supported transceivers and speeds, see Supported Transceivers and Cables .

Up to four blades and all FC transceivers installed, up to 256 32Gb/s external ports are possible in a single chassis, enabling high-density SAN configurations with a reduced footprint.

Trunking technology that allows groups of up to eight ports to create high-performance 256Gb/s ISL trunks between switches using 32Gb/s ports.

Support for the following features when using the FC64-48 blade:

Port blade with 48 front-end 64Gb/s FC SFP+ ports with the edge switch interconnect to the core blades.

Supported SFPs include 10Gb/s, 32Gb/s, and 64Gb/s FC.

Support for 48 Fibre Channel ports on each FC64-48 port blade that provide 64Gb/s, 32Gb/s, 16Gb/s, 10Gb/ s, and 8Gb/s. The 10Gb/s transceivers can be used for any port on the FC64-48 port blades. Note that 10Gb/s transceivers on the FC64-48 and SX6 blade are not interchangeable. For details on supported transceivers and

speeds, see Supported Transceivers and Cables .

Trunking technology groups up to eight ports to create high-performance 512Gb/s ISL trunks between switches using 64Gb/s ports.

Support for the following features when using the FC32-X7-48 blade:

Port blade with 48 front-end 32Gb/s FC SFP+ ports with edge switch interconnect to the core blades.

Supported SFPs include 32Gb/s, 16Gb/s, and 10Gb/s FC.

Support for 48 Fibre Channel ports on each FC32-X7-48 port blade that provide 32Gb/s, 16Gb/s, 10Gb/s, 8Gb/s, and 4Gb/s. The 10Gb/s transceivers can be used for any port on the FC32-X7-48 port blades. Note that 10Gb/s transceivers on the FC32-X7-48 and SX6 blade are not interchangeable. For details on supported transceivers and

speeds, see Supported Transceivers and Cables .

Trunking technology groups up to eight ports to create high-performance 256Gb/s ISL trunks between switches using 32Gb/s ports.

Support for the following features when using the SX6 extension blade:

16 Fibre Channel ports supporting 4, 8, 16, and 32Gb/s.

16GbE ports supporting 1 or 10Gb/s.

Two GbE ports supporting 40Gb/s on SX6 extension blades.

NOTE

10Gb/s transceivers on the FC64-48 and the FC32-X7-48 are not interchangeable with the Brocade SX6

Blade. For details on supported transceivers and speeds, see Supported Transceivers and Cables

Considerations for the Brocade SX6 Blade:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

14

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

The SX6 extension blades perform as extension platforms to support Fibre Channel (FC) and FICON data flows and IP-based storage data flows over an IP WAN.

Universal ports that self-configure as E_Ports, F_Ports, EX_Ports, M_Ports (mirror ports), and FICON ports. Note that the 10Gb/s ports on the FC64-48 port blade can function as E_Ports only.

ClearLink

®

Diagnostic port (D_Port) functionality on Fibre Channel ports.

Data compression capabilities through the port blades when ports are configured as ISLs.

Hardware Components

The device has a modular and scalable mechanical construction that allows a wide range of flexibility in installation, fabric design, and maintenance. The device can be mounted with the cables facing either the front or the rear of the equipment rack. It consists of the following hardware components:

Up to four slots for hot-swappable port blade assemblies, providing up to 192 64Gb/s or 256 32Gb/s Fibre Channel ports for device or ISL connectivity. Flexport technology allows QSFP ports on this blade to be configured for FCoE operation at 4x10GbE, 4x25GbE, and 40GbE speeds when using an FC32-64 port blade. For a list of supported transceivers for these blades, see Supported Transceivers and Cables .

Two half-size slots for control processor (CP) blades:

A single active CP blade can control all the ports in the device.

The standby CP blade assumes control of the device if the active CP blade fails.

Two slots for core routing (CR) blades:

The CR blade interconnects all port blades.

The blades support up to 16 Gen 7 QSFP56 (ICL) ports.

ICL ports allow interconnection with neighboring director chassis.

Both CR blades are active and can be hot-swapped.

For a list of supported transceivers for these blades, see .

Up to four slots for modular, hot-swappable 34-port SX6 extension blades. Blades provide 16 32Gb/s Fibre Channel

(FC) ports supporting 4, 8, 16, and 32Gb/s FC ports. Extension blades enable long-distance communication over an existing IP infrastructure. For a list of supported transceivers for these blades, see Supported Transceivers and

Cables .

Modular, hot-swappable field-replaceable units (FRUs):

Two fan assemblies, available with NPI or NPE airflow.

Up to two power supplies, available with the NPI or NPE airflow.

See the "Power Supply Specifications (per PSU)" in the Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications for maximum output power, input voltage, input line frequency, and other specifications for your power supply model.

See the "Power Supply Requirements" section in the Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications for the minimum number of power supplies required for operation and redundancy when different input voltages are used, such as low line and high line AC.

See the "Power Consumption" sections in the Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications for power output data and the minimum number of power supplies for supported input voltages.

Redundant primary power connections ensure high availability. Each power supply assembly has its own connector, so the number of primary power connections is two for optimum efficiency and redundancy.

Two World Wide Name (WWN) cards located on the nonport side of the device behind the WWN card bezel.

Port blades use small form-factor pluggable (SFP+, QSFP+, and QSFP28) optical transceivers. For details on supported transceivers per blade type, see Supported Transceivers and Cables .

Core routing blades use QSFP56 optical transceivers. For a list of supported transceivers for these blades, see

Supported Transceivers and Cables .

Chassis door. This door must be installed to meet EMI compliance certification.

Two vertical cable management finger assemblies. These combs install on the equipment rack for cable management.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

15

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

Device control processors and management modules contain batteries for RTC/NVRAM backup. Do not attempt to replace these batteries. Dispose of hardware components that contain these batteries as required by local ordinances and regulations.

Port-Side View of the Device

The following figure shows the port-side view of the X7 Director with installed blades identified. Note that the SX6 extension blade is not shown in the following figure, but would install in the same slots as the FC32-X7-48 or FC64-48 port blades. A maximum of four SX6 blades is supported.

Figure 1: Port Side of the X7-4 Director (Example Configuration)

1. Front Air Vent

2. Control Processor Blades (CPX7) – Slot 1 (left), Slot 2 (right)

3. Port Blades (FC64-48 or FC32-X7-48)

4. Core Routing Blades (CR64-4)

5. Side Air Vent

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

16

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

When nonport-side exhaust (NPE) fan and power supply assemblies are installed, air flows through the side vent and exhausts to the nonport side. When nonport-side intake (NPI) fan and power supply assemblies are installed, air flows from the nonport-side and exhausts through the side vent. When installing the chassis in a four-post rack with the airflow diversion rack mount kit, airflow is redirected to or from the port side of the chassis. Therefore, if NPE fan and power supply assemblies are installed, air flows into port-side air vents and exhausts to the nonport side. If NPI fan and power supply assemblies are installed, air flows into nonport-side air vents and exhausts through to the port-side.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

NOTE

Be careful to not push on the mesh screen covering the side air vent or poke it with sharp objects.

Port-Side Slot Numbering

The X7-4 Director contains 6 full-width slots and two half-width slots, for a total of 8 slots. Facing the port side of the device, the half-width slots are on the top, numbered 1 and 2 from left to right. The remaining full-width slots are numbered 3 through 8, counting from top to bottom of the chassis.

Slots contain guide pins and connectors designed for specific blade types. Only install the control processor (CP), core routing (CR), port, and extension blades into slot numbers as follows:

Slots 1–2 are restricted to CP blades. Note that the blade installed in slot 1 will be designated as CP0, while the blade in slot 2 will be designated as CP1 in CLI command and message output.

Slots 3–4 and slots 7-8 are restricted to port and extension blades.

Slots 5–6 are restricted to CR64-4 blades.

Nonport-Side View of the Device

The following figure shows the nonport-side view of the X7-4 Director with all fan and power supply assemblies installed.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

17

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 2: Nonport Side of the X7-4 Director (Example Configuration)

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. WWN Bezel (logo plate - WWN cards behind)

2. Power Supply Assembly

3. Fan Assembly

4. 2AWG Panduit LCD2-14AF Lug for Building Ground Connection

Depending on the fans and the power supplies installed, airflow can be from the port side to the nonport side or from the nonport side to the port side of the chassis through the side air vent. Use the Chassis Airflow Diversion and Port Side

Exhaust Kit to divert airflow so that air fully exhausts to the port side of the chassis or is fully drawn from the port side of the chassis while mounted in a four-post rack.

Although not illustrated, the chassis label that contains the serial number, SKU, and WWN is located on the upper portion of the chassis to the left of the fan assemblies.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

18

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Preparing for Installation

Safety Precautions

When using this product, observe all danger, caution, and attention notices in this manual. The safety notices are accompanied by symbols that represent the severity of the safety condition.

See

Cautions and Danger Notices for translations of safety notices for this product.

General Precautions

DANGER

The procedures in this manual are for qualified service personnel.

DANGER

Before beginning the installation, see the precautions in “Power Precautions.”

CAUTION

Changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

CAUTION

Disassembling any part of the power supply and fan assembly voids the warranty and regulatory certifications.

There are no user-serviceable parts inside the power supply and fan assembly.

CAUTION

Make sure the airflow around the front and back of the device is not restricted.

CAUTION

To protect the serial port from damage, keep the cover on the port when not in use.

CAUTION

Never leave tools inside the chassis.

CAUTION

Use the screws specified in the procedure. Using longer screws can damage the device.

ESD Precautions

DANGER

For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

Power Precautions

DANGER

If the installation requires a different power cord than the one supplied with the device, make sure that you use a power cord displaying the mark of the safety agency that defines the regulations for power cords in your country.

The mark is your assurance that the power cord can be used safely with the device.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

19

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

DANGER

Make sure that the power source circuits are properly grounded, and then use the power cord supplied with the device to connect it to the power source.

CAUTION

Use a separate branch circuit for each power cord, which provides redundancy in case one of the circuits fails.

DANGER

High Touch Current. Earth connection essential before connecting supply.

CAUTION

All devices with AC power sources are intended for installation in restricted access areas only. A restricted access area is a location where access can be gained only by trained service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security.

CAUTION

The maximum input voltage for connection to the HVAC/HVDC power supply should not exceed 305 VAC and

400 VDC.

CAUTION

The maximum input voltage for connection to the HVAC/HVDC power supply should not exceed 305 VAC and

400 VDC .

CAUTION

For removal of the metal cable restraint cover under the high voltage power supply inlet, remove the 2 Torx screws.

Lifting Precautions

DANGER

Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

Laser Precautions

DANGER

Use only optical transceivers that are qualified by Broadcom and comply with the FDA Class 1 radiation performance requirements defined in 21 CFR Subchapter I, and with IEC 60825 and EN60825. Optical products that do not comply with these standards might emit light that is hazardous to the eyes.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

20

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Facility Requirements

Before installing the device, be sure that the following facility requirements are met.

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Table 3: Facility Requirements

Type

Device specifications

Electrical

Thermal

Rack (when rack-mounted)

Requirements

Ensure that the facility can accommodate the system, power, and environmental specifications for this device as outlined in the Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications.

Ensure that there are dedicated electrical branch circuits with the following characteristics available:

Two cables for DC operation.

Circuit breaker protection in accordance with local electrical codes.

Supply circuit, line fusing, and wire size adequate to the electrical rating on the chassis nameplate.

An easily accessible location close to the chassis.

Grounded outlets installed by a licensed electrician and compatible with the power cords.

Ensure that all equipment in the rack is grounded through a reliable branch circuit connection.

Make sure that power distribution units (PDUs) can handle the maximum input amperage of the power supplies. Use cables with an adequate amperage rating from the PDUs to the power source.

Ensure that the air intake and exhaust vents have a minimum of 5.1 cm (2 in.) of air space.

Ensure that the air intake temperature is less than 40°C (104°F) during operation.

Ensure that the following airflow requirements are met:

Plan to install the device with the air-intake side facing the cool-air aisle. The device can be installed facing either direction if serviceability and cooling requirements are met.

Ensure that the airflow available at the air vents meets the minimum requirements for the device.

Install the device with the airflow aligned with other devices in the rack. Some devices have airflow running from the port side to the nonport side, and others have the opposite arrangement.

Make sure that the airflow for all devices moves in the same direction to maximize cooling.

Ensure that the following amount of space is available in the rack:

61.29 cm (24.09 in.) deep.

43.74 cm (17.22 in.) wide.

Ensure that the rack meets the following additional requirements:

The additional weight of the chassis does not exceed the rack’s weight limits.

The rack is secured to ensure stability in case of unexpected movement.

Time and Items Required

You can set up and install the device in the following ways:

As a stand-alone unit on a flat surface.

In a 19-in. Electronic Industries Association (EIA) rack or in a telecommunications (Telco) rack using a Brocade rack mount kit. See

Mounting Options

for applicable rack mount kits.

The following table describes the main installation and setup tasks, the estimated time required for each, and the items required to complete the task for a device that is fully populated with port blades. Configurations with fewer blades or ports require less time. These time estimates assume a prepared installation site and appropriate power and network connectivity.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

21

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Table 4: Installation Tasks, Time, and Items Required

Installation Task

Preparing the site and unpacking the device.

30 minutes

Time Estimate

Installing the rack mount kit.

Mounting and securing the device in the rack.

Installing power cables and powering on the device.

30 minutes

30 minutes

20 minutes

Establishing a serial connection, logging on to the device, and configuring IP addresses.

20 minutes

Installing an Ethernet cable, opening a telnet session, and configuring the device domain ID, date and time, and additional system parameters. Verifying and backing up the configuration.

Installing transceivers as needed.

20 minutes

20–30 minutes

Attaching fiber-optic cables, cable ties, and cable guides.

2–3 hours

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Items Required

1/2-in. socket wrench (optional).

No. 1 and No. 2 Phillips screwdrivers.

Pallet jack.

Hydraulic lift or assisted lift, able to raise to a minimum of 140 cm (55 in.), with a minimum capacity of 115 kg (254 lb).

To find the weight of your device fully populated with the required port blades, refer the X7 Director Technical

Specifications.

See the procedures for your rack-mount kit located in this guide.

Power cables. These are ordered and shipped separately based on the country where the device is installed.

Serial cable (provided in the accessory kit).

Workstation computer with a serial port or terminal server port and a terminal emulator application (such as HyperTerminal).

Ethernet IP addresses for the device and for both control processor blades; total of three addresses.

Ethernet cable (optional) for telnet access.

Refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS

Administration Guide

.

SFP+, QSFP28, or QSFP56 optical transceivers as needed.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

22

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Installation Task

Obtain a USB drive pretested by Broadcom 20 minutes

Time Estimate Items Required

Brocade recommends the use of a USB drive that has been test-validated (verified) by Broadcom (Brocade):

SanDisk 32 CZ48 USB 3.0 Flash Drive

(SDCZ48-032G-UAM46)

SanDisk 16 CZ48 USB 3.0 Flash Drive

(SDCZ48-016G-UAM46)

Kingston 32GB DataTraveler 100 G3

USB 3.0 Flash Drive (DT100G3/32GB)

Kingston 32GB DataTraveler G4 USB

3.0 Flash Drive (DTIG4/32GB)

PNY Attache 3.0 4 USB 32GB Flash

Drive

PNY Attache 3.0 4 USB 16GB Flash

Drive

These drives are not orderable from

Broadcom but are generically-branded and can be purchased from other suppliers.

Shipped Items

When unpacking the device, follow procedures under

Unpacking and Transporting the Device

. Verify that you have the following items. Save shipping cartons and packaging in the event you need to return the device.

The following items are packaged in device shipping carton:

Brocade X7 Director with a shipping tray

Packing foam

Antistatic plastic

Inner foam

The following items are packaged in a device shipping carton or separate carton:

Door (for EMI compliance)

ESD wrist strap

Cable management finger assembly

China-RoHS Hazardous/Toxic Substance statement

Brocade documentation web pointer card

Rack mount kit for your device

Ground lug kit

Airflow Diversion Kit Documentation

X6-4 Shipping Bracket Installation Documentation

X6-8 Shipping Bracket Installation Documentation

Ball Stud Hardware Assembly for Door Mounting

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

23

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Quick Installation Checklists

The following checklists provide a high-level overview of the basic installation process from the planning stage to the point when the device comes online and is ready to be deployed. Completing all the tasks in the suggested order ensures a successful installation. Print these checklists and take them to the installation site.

Preinstallation Tasks

Review all installation requirements ahead of time as part of your site preparation. Careful planning and site preparation ensure seamless installation, especially when installing multiple devices.

Table 5: Installation Prerequisites

Task

Unpack the device.

Gather necessary components and required tools.

Review the safety precautions.

Plan the installation.

Review and verify installation requirements.

Gather network configuration parameters.

Task Details or Additional Information

Take an inventory of the hardware components included in your shipment. See

Items Shipped .

Review the time and items required information at the beginning of the following sections in this guide to ensure that you have gathered all necessary components:

Mounting the Device

Initial Setup and Verification

Port and Extension Blades (if required to install)

Power Supply Assemblies

(if required to install)

See Safety Precautions .

Obtain the appropriate rack mount kit. See

Mounting Options .

Verify that the following requirements are met. See

Facility Requirements

.

Electrical

Environmental

Rack

Thermal

IP address

Subnet mask

Default gateway

Domain ID

Time zone

Completed

Installation and Initial Configuration

The initial setup includes mounting the device on a flat surface or in a rack and completing the configuration tasks necessary to bring the device online and verify the operation.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

24

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Table 6: Installation and Basic System Configuration

Task Task Details or Additional Information

Install blades or power supply assemblies.

Mount the device.

Install any blades or power supply assemblies that have shipped separately from the chassis. Be sure to use a No.1 Phillips screwdriver for captive screws to lock these FRUs into place.

Choose one of the following mounting options:

Mount the device in a four-post rack. See the instructions in this guide for mounting your device in a four-post rack.

Mount the device in a two-post rack. See the instructions in this guide for mounting your device in a two-post rack.

Check the airflow of the power supply and fan assembly.

Gather all components required for the initial setup.

Provide power to the device.

Attach a management station, establish a serial connection, and change the default passwords

(optional).

Set the IP address, the subnet mask, and the default gateway IP address.

The airflow direction of the power supply and fan should match. The power supplies and fan trays are clearly labeled with either a green arrow with an "E"

or an orange arrow with an "I". For more details, see Fan and Power Supply

Airflow

.

See Items Required .

See Connecting the Power Cord to AC Power Supplies .

See Establishing a Serial Connection to the Device . After completing this task, log on to the serial port to configure the device.

Set the date and time.

Customize the switch name and chassis name.

Use the ipaddrset

command to configure a static device IP address, subnet mask, and gateway IP address, or you can use a DHCP server to obtain the information dynamically. See

Configuring the IP Addresses

.

Use the date

command to display and set the date and time.

Use the tstimezone

command to display and set the time zone.

Use the tsclockserver

command to synchronize the time with an external NTP server.

See Setting the Date and Time for more information.

Use the switchname

command to change the default switch name.

Use the chassisname

command to change the default chassis name.

See Customizing the Chassis and Switch Name

for more information.

Establish an Ethernet connection.

By establishing an Ethernet connection, you can complete the device configuration using a serial session, Telnet, or management application, such as

SANnav. See Establishing an Ethernet Connection to the Device

.

Optional: Configure the DNS service.

Use the dnsconfig

command to create DNS server entries. Refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

.

Optional: Customize the domain ID.

Use the configure

command to change the domain ID (the default ID is 1).

See Setting the Domain ID

for more information.

Completed

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

25

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Task

Verify that the device operates correctly.

Back up the configuration.

Optional: Power off the devices.

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Task Details or Additional Information

Check the LEDs to verify the operation of functional parts. See Mounting the

Device .

The following commands can be useful to establish an operational baseline for the device. Refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference

Manual

for more information on these commands.

– errdump

– fanshow

– historyshow

– psshow

– tempshow

Use the interactive configupload

command to back up the configuration.

See Backing Up the Configuration for more information.

Enter the shutdown information.

command and wait for the device to power down, and

then unplug the power cords. See Powering Down the Chassis for more

Completed

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

26

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Mounting the Device

Mounting Options

You can mount the device in the following locations:

As a stand-alone unit on a flat surface, such as a tabletop.

In a four-post 19 in. (48.3 cm) EIA rack:

Use the 27-31 inch four-post rail rack mount kit (XBR-DCX4S-0120), which contains 27-31 in. (68.58 to 78.74 cm) expandable rails.

See

Installing the 8U Chassis 27-31-Inch Rail Rack Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX4S-0120)

for instructions.

In a four-post 19 in. (48.3 cm) EIA rack using an airflow diversion rack mount kit:

Use the 8U Chassis Airflow Diversion and Port Side Exhaust rack mount kit to divert airflow so that it fully exhausts to the port side of the device or is fully drawn from the port side of the device while mounted in a four-post rack. The

XBR-DCX4S-0121 rack kit is designed for rack rail-to-rail depth of 27 to 31 in. (68.58 to 78.74 cm) depths and the

XBR-DCX4S-0130 kit is designed for 18 to 24 in. (45.72 to 60.96 cm) depths.

See

Installing the 8U Chassis Airflow Diversion or Port-Side Exhaust Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX4S-0121 and XBR-DCX4S-0130)

for instructions.

In a two-post Telco rack:

Use the mid-mount rack kit for the X7-4 Director for two-post racks (XBR-X64-0126).

See

Installing the 8U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX4S-0126 and XBR-X64-0126)

for instructions.

NOTE

Review the following mounting precautions before mounting the device, and ensure that all Facility

Requirements

are met.

NOTE

The preceding rack mount kits are supported for these devices on the publication date of this guide. For current support information, contact your Broadcom representative.

Mounting Precautions

The following precautions specifically apply to mounting the device.

CAUTION

Do not use the port cover tabs to lift the module. They are not designed to support the weight of the module, which can fall and be damaged.

CAUTION

Make sure the airflow around the front and back of the device is not restricted.

DANGER

Mount the devices you install in a rack as low as possible. Place the heaviest device at the bottom and progressively place lighter devices above.

DANGER

Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the chassis and components, never attempt to lift the chassis using the fan or power supply handles. These handles were not designed to support the weight of the chassis.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

27

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

CAUTION

Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

NOTE

You can connect the device to the building ground by connecting an appropriate 2 AWG wire from a grounded connection to the 2 AWG Panduit LCD2-14AF lug on the nonport-side of the device.

Unpacking and Transporting the Device

1. Unpack the device: a) Cut the bands that encircle the packaging.

b) Open the top of the shipping box and remove the accessory kit, the rack mount kits, and the foam from the top of the device.

c) Lift the cardboard shipping container and the inner cardboard sleeve off the device.

d) Remove the antistatic plastic off the device.

e) Leave the device on top of the foam shipping tray and wood pallet if the device must be transported to the installation location.

f) Verify the contents of the shipping carton by referring to Items Shipped .

g) Save the foam packing material and wooden pallet for reuse.

2. Use a pallet jack or other assisted lift to transport the device to the installation area. Ensure that the doorways are wider than 36 in. (91 cm) to accommodate the device.

3. Remove the chassis door if installed.

4. Use a lift to raise the device to the correct level. Use two people, one to operate the lift and the other to secure the device on the lift.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

NOTE

Orient the device on the lift so that you can slide it into the correct side of the rack to provide cool air intake.

Fans and power supply FRUs in this device have a green "E" or "I" symbol on the FRU faceplate. An "E" indicates that the FRU pulls air from the port side of the device and exhausts out the nonport side. An "I" indicates that the FRU pulls air from the nonport side of the device and exhausts out the nonport side. Fans and power supplies must have the same airflow indicator. Be sure that you are pulling cool air into the air intake side of the device. For more details, see

Fan and Power Supply Airflow

.

5. If applicable, lock the wheels of the lift.

6. Install the applicable rack mount kit in your equipment rack and mount the device using the rack mount kit's installation instructions.

NOTE

When installing the device into the rack, use one person on each side of the device to gently slide it onto the final installation surface and ensure that it remains supported during the transfer.

7. Reinstall the chassis door. The door must be installed to meet EMI compliance.

Installing the 8U Chassis Airflow Diversion or Port-Side Exhaust Kit for

Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX4S-0121 and XBR-DCX4S-0130)

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

28

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Time and Items Required

Allow approximately one hour to unpack and install the device in a rack.

The following tools are required when installing the 8U Airflow Diversion and Port Side Exhaust Kit for Four-Post Racks

(XBR-DCX4S-0121 and XBR-DCX-0130):

Torque wrench with No. 2 Phillips screwdriver tip

Flathead screwdriver

Hydraulic or assisted lift with a minimum raise of 140 cm (55 in.) and a minimum capacity of 113 kg (250 lbs).

Installing the Device in an 18–24-Inch Rack (XBR-DCX4S-0130)

Use the following instructions to install the device in a rack with a rail-to-rail depth of 45.72 to 60.96 cm (18 to 24 in.). Be sure to use the 18–24 in. 8U Chassis Airflow Diversion and Port Side Exhaust Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-

DCX4S-0130) for this installation.

Parts List

The following parts list refers to items illustrated in the following figure.

NOTE

Not all parts may be used with certain installations depending on the device type.

Table 7: Hardware for Airflow Diversion and Port-Side Exhaust Kit for 18-24 in. (45.72 to 60.96 cm) Racks

Description

Top rail

Top rail mounting brackets for 18-20 in., (45.72–50.8 cm) 20–22-in. (50.8–55.88 cm), and 22-24.in

(55.88-60.96 cm) racks

Duct

Shelf

Shelf saddle

10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips screw (blue Loctite on threads)

10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips screw with square-cone washer

10-32 clip nut for racks that have rails with round holes

10-32 retainer nut for racks that have rails with square holes

Alignment washer for racks that have rails with square holes

6-32 x .25 in. (.635 cm) Phillips screw

1

3

12

8

8

12

2

1

1

1

12

Quantity

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

29

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 3: Airflow Diversion and Port-Side Exhaust Kit Assembly for 18-24 in. (45.72 to 60.96 cm) Racks

1. Top Rail

2. Duct

3. Shelf

4. 10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips Screw with blue Loctite on threads

5. 10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips Screw with square cone washer for racks that have tails with round holes

6. 10-32 Clip nut for racks that have rails with round holes

7. 10-32 retainer nut for racks that have rails with square Holes

8. Alignment washer for racks that have rails with square holes

9. 6 32 x .25 in. (.635 cm) Phillips Screw

10. Top rail mounting brackets for 18–20 in., (45.72–50.8 cm) 20–22-in. (50.8–55.88 cm), and 22–24.in (55.88-60.96 cm) racks

11. Shelf Saddle

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

30

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Torque Requirements

Use the following torque settings when tightening screws that secure the rack mount kit and device to the rack.

Table 8: Torque Requirements for Mounting Screws

Screw Size

6-32 x .25 in. (.635 cm) Phillips screw

10-32 x .63 in. (1.60 cm) Phillips screw

10 cm-kg (8.75 in.-lb)

36.86 cm-kg (32 in.-lb)

Torque

Assembling the Rack Hardware

1. Determine how the device can be oriented in the rack so that the nonport side has access to intake air (cool).

2. Install clip or retainer nuts in the rack rail locations shown in the following figure. These nuts will secure the 10-32 screws that mount the rack kit's shelf and the device to the rack. For rails with round holes, use clip nuts. For rails with square holes, use retainer nuts. Note that the following figure shows relative positions for these nuts in the rack rails to mount the shelf and device. You may mount the shelf and device in 9U of rack space higher or lower in the rack than shown.

Figure 4: Clip and Retainer Nut Locations on Rack Rails

Broadcom

1. Attaching Clip Nuts for Round-Hole Rails

2. Clip or Retainer Nut Locations for Device

3. Clip or Retainer Nut Locations for Shelf

4. Retainer Nut for Rails with Square Hole

X7-4-Install-IG100

31

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

5. Rail

3. Install the shelf saddle to the nonport side of the rack shown in the following figure. Install the saddle in the same vertical location as where the shelf installs on the port side of the rack. In using the previous figure as an example, if the shelf is installed in location 23 on the port side, install the saddle in location 23 on the nonport side. Ensure that the words "THIS SIDE UP" on the saddle face towards the port side of the rack (see the following figure).

Secure the saddle to the rack using four 10-32 screws with washers, two screws on each side of the saddle. Tighten the screws according to specifications under

Torque Requirements

.

Figure 5: Installing Saddle to Equipment Rack

Broadcom

1. Shelf Saddle

2. 10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips screw with blue Loctite on threads or 10-32 x .63 in. (1.60 cm) Phillips screw with square cone washer for racks that have rails with round holes.

NOTE

For rails with round holes, use the clip nuts on the rails for securing 10-32 screws. For rails with square holes, use the retainer nuts.

X7-4-Install-IG100

32

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

4. Place the shelf (see the following figure) on the saddle then secure it to the rack rails using four 10-32 screws with washers shown in the following figure. Tighten the screws according to specifications under

Torque Requirements

.

Figure 6: Shelf Installed in Rack

1. Shelf

2. 10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips Screw with Washers

NOTE

For rails with round holes, use the clip nuts on the front rails for securing 10-32 screws. For rails with square holes, use the retainer nuts.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

33

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

5. Install the air duct assembly (see the following figure) by inserting it down into the side-slot on the shelf. Ensure that the tabs of the duct align and engage with the slots in the shelf.

Figure 7: Installing Air Duct into Side Slot on Shelf

1. Duct

2. Shelf

6. Install the top rail inner bracket to the top rail assembly. a) Determine the size of the top rail inner bracket that you will need to install on the top rail so that the top rail will fit on the inside of the rack rails. Remove the appropriate bracket from the accessory kit. Note that the accessory kit contains three sizes, depending on the depth of your equipment rack. b) Secure the top rail inner bracket to the top rail assembly with two 6-32 screws. Tighten the screws according to

specifications under Torque Requirements .

7. Install the top rail assembly. a) Insert the top rail assembly (with the top rail inner bracket attached) down into the air duct assembly, and then secure the top rail assembly to the air duct assembly with two 6-32 screws, one screw on each side of the air duct assembly (see the following figure). b) Secure the top rail assembly to the rack.

For rails with round holes

, use two 10-32 screws with washers on each end of the top rail assembly. Tighten the

screws according to specifications under Torque Requirements

.

For rails with square holes

, use the two standard 10-32 screws with blue Loctite on the threads and alignment washers on each end of the top rail assembly. Tighten the screws according to specifications under

Torque

Requirements

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

34

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 8: Securing Top Rail in Rack

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Top Rail

2. Duct

3. 6-32 x .25 in. (.635 cm) Phillips Screws

4. 10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips screws with blue Loctite on threads and alignment washers or 10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips screw with square cone washer

Installing the Device in the Rack

1. If a door is installed on your chassis, ensure that it is removed. See the procedures for removing and replacing the device door in this guide.

2. Use a hydraulic lift to raise the device to the correct level.

DANGER

Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

35

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

3. If applicable, lock the wheels of the lift.

4. Carefully lift the device and slide it into the rack.

5. Secure the device to the rack with six 10-32 screws with washers, three screws on each side (see the following figure).

Tighten the screws according to specifications under Torque Requirements .

NOTE

Screws, clip nuts, and retainer nuts for securing the device to the equipment rack are included in the device hardware accessory kit.

Figure 9: Brocade Device with 18-24 in. (45.72 to 60.96 cm) Kit Installed in Rack

Broadcom

1. 10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips screw with square cone washer for racks that have rails with round holes

NOTE

For rails with round holes, use the clip nuts on the front rails for securing 10-32 screws. For rails with square holes, use the retainer nuts.

X7-4-Install-IG100

36

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

6. Reinstall the device door if removed. See the procedures for removing and replacing the device door in this guide.

Installing the Device in a 27-31-Inch Rack (XBR-DCX4S-0121)

Use the following instructions to install the device in a rack with rail-to-rail depth of 68.58 to 78.74 cm (27 to 31 in.). Be sure to use the 27-31 in. 8U Chassis Airflow Diversion and Port Side Exhaust Kit for Four-Post Rack (XBR-DCX4S-0121) for this installation.

Parts List

Use he following parts for the Airflow Diversion and Port Side Exhaust Kit.

NOTE

Not all parts may be used with certain installations depending on the device type.

Table 9: Hardware for Airflow Diversion and Port-Side Exhaust Kit for 68.58 to 78.74 cm (27-31 in.) Racks

Description

Top rail

Duct

Shelf

10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips Screw (blue Loctite on threads)

10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips Screw with square cone washer

10-32 clip nut for racks that have rails with round holes

10-32 retainer nut for racks that have rails with square holes

Alignment washer for racks that have rails with square holes

6-32 x .25 in. (.635 cm) Phillips Screw

12

8

8

12

2

1

1

1

12

Quantity

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

37

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 10: Airflow Diversion and Port-Side Exhaust Kit Assembly for 68.58 to 78.74 cm (27-31 in.) Racks

1. Top Rail

2. Duct

3. Shelf

4. 10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips Screw with Blue Loctite on Threads

5. 10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips Screw with Square Cone Washer (for racks that have rails with round holes)

6. 10-32 Clip Nut (for racks that have rails with round holes)

7. 10-32 Retainer Nut (for racks that have rails with square holes)

8. Alignment Washer (for racks that have rails with square holes)

9. 6-32 x .25 in. (.635 cm) Phillips Screw

Torque Requirements

Use the following torque settings when tightening screws that secure the rack mount kit and device to the equipment rack.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

38

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Table 10: Torque Requirements for Mounting Screws

Screw Size

6-32 x .25 in. (.635 cm) Phillips screw

10-32 x .63 in. (1.60 cm) Phillips screw

10 cm-kg (8.75 in.-lb)

36.86 cm-kg (32 in.-lb)

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Torque

Assembling the Rack Hardware

1. Determine how the device can be oriented in the rack so that the nonport side has access to intake air (cool).

2. Install clip nuts or retainer nuts (as shown in the previous figure) in rack rail locations shown in the following figure.

These nuts will secure the 10-32 screws that mount the Port Side Exhaust Kit shelf and device to the rack. For rails with round holes, use clip nuts. For rails with square holes, use retainer nuts. Note that the following figure shows relative positions for these nuts in the rack rails to mount the shelf and device. You may mount the shelf and device in

9U of rack space higher or lower in the rack than shown.

Figure 11: Clip and Retainer Nut Locations on Rack Rails

Broadcom

1. Attaching Clip Nuts for Round Hole Rails

2. Clip or Retainer Nut Locations for Device

3. Clip or Retainer Nut Locations for Shelf

4. Retainer Nut for Rails with Square Holes

5. Rail

X7-4-Install-IG100

39

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

3. Install the shelf as shown in the following figure.

a) The shelf can be adjusted to a length of between 68.58 and 78.74 cm (27 and 31 in.) to accommodate your rack size. To lengthen or shorten the shelf, loosen the four 6-32 screws in the four slots on the shelf and adjust the shelf to the desired length. Once adjusted, tighten the four 6-32 screws.

b) Secure the shelf to the rack with eight 10-32 screws with washers, two screws in each corner of the shelf (see the following figure). Tighten the screws according to specifications under

Torque requirements

.

Figure 12: Shelf Installed in Rack

1. Shelf

2. 10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips screws with blue Loctite on threads or 10-32 x .63 in. (1.60 cm) Phillips screw with square cone washer for racks that have rails with round holes

4. Install the air duct assembly by inserting it down into the side slot on the shelf. Ensure that the tabs of the duct align and engage with the slots in the shelf.

Figure 13: Installing Air Duct into Side Slot on Shelf

Broadcom

1. Air Duct Assembly

X7-4-Install-IG100

40

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

2. Shelf

5. Install the top rail assembly to the air duct assembly as shown in the following figure.

a) The top rail assembly can be adjusted to a length of between 68.58 to 78.74 cm (27 and 31 in.) to fit on the inside of the rack rails. To lengthen or shorten the top rail assembly, loosen the two 6-32 screws and adjust the top rail assembly to the desired length. The length will be approximately the length of the adjustable shelf. Once adjusted, tighten the two 6-32 screws.

b) Insert the top rail assembly down into the air duct assembly and then secure the top rail assembly to the air duct assembly with two 6-32 screws, one screw on each side of the air duct assembly. Tighten the screws according to

specifications under Torque Requirements .

Figure 14: Securing Top Rail in Rack

Broadcom

1. Top Rail Assembly

2. Air Duct Assembly

3. 6-32 x .25 in. (.635 cm) Phillips Screw

4. 10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips screw with blue Loctite on threads or 10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips screw with square cone washer for racks that have rails with round holes

X7-4-Install-IG100

41

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

6. Secure the top rail assembly to the rack with four 10-32 screws, two screws on each end of the top rail assembly.

For rails with round holes, use two 10-32 screws with washers on each end of the top rail assembly. Tighten the

screws according to specifications under Torque Requirements .

Installing Shipping Brackets (Optional)

Shipping brackets are required when devices are installed with the intent to ship pre-installed in a rack. Use these brackets as an alternate method from what is explained in Installing the Device in the Rack to secure the device to the rack for shipping.

Parts in the following table are provided with your rack mount kit for installing these shipping brackets on the device and the device into a rack.

NOTE

Not all parts may be used with certain installations depending on the device type.

Table 11: Hardware for Optional Chassis Shipping Brackets

Description

Mounting plates

L-brackets

6-32 x 3/8 in. panhead Phillips screw with square cone washer

10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) panhead Phillips screw with square cone washer

10-32 clip nut for racks that have rails with round holes

10-32 retainer nut for racks that have rails with square holes

Quantity

6

6

2 (marked A and B)

2 (marked R and L)

10

23

For steps to install these shipping brackets, see the

Installing Brocade Chassis Shipping Brackets

instructions packaged with the bracket parts.

Installing the Device in the Rack

DANGER

Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

1. If a door is installed on your chassis, ensure that it is removed. See the procedures for removing and replacing the device door in this guide.

2. Use a lift to raise the device to the correct level.

3. If applicable, lock the wheels of the lift.

4. Carefully lift the device and slide it into the rack.

5. Secure the device to the rack with six 10-32 screws with washers. Tighten the screws according to specifications under

Torque Requirements

.

NOTE

Screws, clip nuts, and retainer nuts to secure the device to the rack are provided in the device hardware accessory kit.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

42

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 15: Device and 27–31 in. (68.58 to 78.74 cm) Kit Installed in Rack

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Screw locations for 10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips screw with blue Loctite on threads or 10-32 x .63 in. (1.60

cm) Phillips screw with square cone washer for racks that have rails with round holes.

NOTE

For rails with round holes, use the clip nuts on the rails for securing the 10-32 screws. For rails with square holes, use the retainer nuts.

6. Reinstall the device door. See the procedures for removing and replacing the device door in this guide.

Installing the 8U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks

(XBR-DCX4S-0126 and XBR-X64-0126)

Time and Items Required

Allow approximately one hour to unpack and install the chassis in a rack.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

43

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

The following tools are required when installing the 8U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-

DCX4S-0126 and XBR-X64-0126):

Torque wrench with No. 2 Phillips screwdriver tip

Flathead screwdriver

Hydraulic or assisted lift with a minimum raise of 140 cm (55 in.) and a minimum capacity of 113 kg (250 lbs)

Parts List

The following parts are provided with the 8U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX4S-0126 and

XBR-X64-0126).

NOTE

Not all parts may be used with certain installations depending on the device being installed.

Use parts in the following XBR-DCX4S-0126 rack mount kit to install the Brocade DCX-4S Director in a two-post rack.

Use parts in the following XBR-X64-0126 rack mount kit to install the Brocade Director in a two-post rack.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

44

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 16: Rack Kit Parts (XBR-X64-0126)

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Saddle

2. Telco Mid-Mount Mounting Bracket (left)

3. Telco Mid-mount Mounting Bracket (right)

4. 10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips Screws with Square Cone Washer (for racks that have rails with round holes)

5. 10-32 Clip Nuts (for racks that have rails with round holes)

6. 10-32 Retainer Nuts (for racks that have rails with square holes)

7. Bracket Adjusting Screws

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

45

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Assembling the Rack Hardware

1. Loosen the two 10-32 adjusting screws securing each mid-mount bracket to the saddle (see the previous figure) and slide the brackets as far backward as possible.

2. Install the saddle to the equipment rack rails using the following steps while referring to the following figure.

a) Install the saddle to the port side of the rack rails using four 10-32 screws with square-cone washers, two screws on each side of the saddle. Tighten the screws to 36.86 cm-kg (32 in.-lb).

b) Move the mid-mount brackets into position so they align with the rack mounting holes on the nonport side of the rack. Secure the mid-mount brackets to the rack with four 10-32 screws with square-cone washers, two on each side. Tighten the screws to 36.86 cm-kg (32 in.-lb).

c) Tighten the two 10-32 adjusting screws on each mid-mount bracket.

NOTE

The following figure shows the saddle for XBR-DCX4S-0126. The saddle for XBR-X64-0126 has a somewhat different design but installs the same way.

Figure 17: Saddle Installed in a Rack

Broadcom

1. Saddle

2. 10-32 Screws with Square-Cone Washers

3. Adjusting Screws (two on each side of the saddle)

NOTE

For rails with round holes, use the clip nuts on the rack rails for securing 10-32 screws. For rails with square holes, use the retainer nuts.

X7-4-Install-IG100

46

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 18: Using Clip Nuts and Retainer Nuts to Secure Screws to Rack Rails

1. Clip Nuts (for rails with round holes)

2. Retainer Nuts (for rails with square holes)

3. Rail

3. Remove any existing rack-mount brackets from the device, and install the new Telco mid-mount brackets from the accessory kit. Refer to the following figure.

NOTE

The following figure shows mounting brackets from XBR-DCX4S-0126. Mounting brackets from the XBR-

X64-0126 kit install the same way.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

47

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 19: Telco Mid-Mount Brackets Installation

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Broadcom

1. Telco Mid-Mount Mounting Brackets (left and right)

X7-4-Install-IG100

48

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Installing the Device in the Rack

DANGER

Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

1. Ensure that the door is removed from the port side of the device if installed. Refer to procedures for removing and replacing the device door in this guide.

2. Ensure the device can be oriented so that the nonport side has access to intake air (cool).

3. Use a lift to raise the device to the correct level.

4. If applicable, lock the wheels of the lift.

5. Gently slide the device onto the saddle, ensuring that it remains supported during the transfer.

NOTE

The following figure shows mounting brackets from XBR-DCX4S-0126. Mounting brackets from the XBR-

X64-0126 kit install the same way.

Figure 20: Sliding the Device into the Mid-Mount Saddle

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

49

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

6. Secure the device to the rack using six 10-32 screws with square-cone washers, three screws for each mounting bracket attached to the device. Refer to the following figure. Tighten the screws to 36.86 cm-kg (32 in.-lb).

NOTE

Screws, clip nuts, and retainer nuts for mounting the device to the equipment rack are located in the device hardware accessory kit.

Figure 21: Device Installed in Mid-Mount Saddle

Broadcom

1. 10-32 Screws with Square-Cone Washers (6)

NOTE

For rails with round holes, use the clip nuts on the rack rails for securing 10-32 screws. For rails with square holes, use the retainer nuts.

X7-4-Install-IG100

50

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

7. Reinstall the door. See the procedures for removing and replacing the device door in this guide.

Installing the 8U Chassis 27-31-Inch Rail Rack Kit for Four-Post Racks

(XBR-DCX4S-0120)

Time and Items Required

Allow approximately one hour to unpack and install a device in a rack.

The following tools are required to install the 8U Chassis 27-31 Inch Rail Rack Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-

DCX4S-0120).

Torque wrench with No. 2 Phillips screwdriver tip

Flathead screwdriver

Hydraulic or assisted lift with a minimum raise of 140 cm (55 in.) and a minimum capacity of 113 kg (250 lbs).

Parts List

The following parts are provided with the 8U Chassis 27–31 Inch Rail Rack Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX4S-0120).

NOTE

Not all parts may be used with certain installations depending on the device type.

Figure 22: Rack Kit Parts

1. Left Rail

2. Right Rail

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

51

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

3. 10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips Screw

4. 10-32 x .63 in.(1.60 cm) Phillips Screw with Square Cone Washer (for racks that have rails with round holes)

5. Alignment Washer (for racks that have rails with square holes)

6. Adjusting Screw Locations

Assembling the Rack Hardware

Use the following instructions to install the rack mount kit illustrated in the previous figure into the equipment rack for mounting the device.

1. On each rail (1 and 2 in the previous figure), loosen the four 10-32 screws on the adjustable brackets and adjust the rails to the depth of your equipment rack. Tighten screws after adjustment.

2. Noting that the rails are designated "Left" and "Right," install each rail in the rack using four 10-32 x .63 in. or four

10-32 x .5 in. screws, two screws on each end of each rail. See the following figure.

Position the rails so that the adjustable ends are mounted on the intake aisle side of the rack.

For rails with round holes - use two 10-32 x .63 screws with square-cone washers on each end of the rail assembly.

Tighten the screws to a torque of 33.6 to 42 cm-kg (29.2 to 36.5 in.-lb).

For rails with square holes - use the two standard 10-32 x .5 in. screws with blue Loctite on the threads and alignment washers on each end of the rail assembly. Tighten the screws to a torque of 33.6 to 42 cm-kg (29.2 to

36.5 in.-lb).

Figure 23: Device Rails Installed in Equipment Rack

1. 10-32 x .5 in. (1.27 cm) Phillips Screw (for square holes) or 10-32 x .63 in. (1.60 cm) Phillips Screw (for round holes)

3. Install either clip nuts or retainer nuts depending on whether your rack has round holes or square holes.

These will allow you to secure the device to the rack uprights.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

52

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

For rails with round holes, use the clip nuts on the rack rails for securing 10-32 x .63 in. screws. For rails with square holes, use the retainer nuts. See the following figure.

Figure 24: Using Clip Nuts and Retainer Nuts to Secure Screws to Rack Rails

1. Clip Nuts

2. Round Hole Rack Rail

3. Retainer Nut

4. Square Hole Rack Rail

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

53

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Installing the Device in the Rack

1. Ensure that the door is removed from the port side of the device if it is installed. See the procedures for removing and replacing the device door in this guide.

2. Ensure the chassis can be oriented so that the nonport side has access to intake air (cool).

3. If applicable, lock the wheels of the lift.

4. Use a lift to raise the chassis to the correct level.

5. Gently slide the chassis onto the rack, ensuring that it remains supported during the transfer. See the following figure.

Figure 25: Installing a Chassis into the Equipment Rack

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

54

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

6. Secure the device to the equipment rack racks with six 10-32 x .63 screws with square-cone washers, three screws on each side. Tighten the screws to a torque of 92 cm-kg (80 in-lb). See the following figure.

Figure 26: Chassis Installed in Equipment Rack

1. 10-32 x .63 in. (1.60 cm) Phillips Screw with Square Cone Washer

7. Reinstall the device door. For instructions, see procedures for removing and replacing the device door in this guide.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

55

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Initial Setup and Verification

Configuration and Verification Task Guide

Before connecting the device to the fabric, perform the following tasks to initially configure and set up the device, verify correct operation, and back up the configuration.

The configuration information is mirrored to the standby CP blade, which allows the current configuration to remain available even if the active CP blade fails. The configuration information for the device is stored in the WWN cards and the flash memory of the CP blades. The configuration can be backed up to a workstation (uploaded) and then downloaded to the active CP blade if necessary.

NOTE

The device WWN is set by the factory to match the license ID (which is based on the chassis serial number).

Table 12: Configuration and Verification Tasks

Task Task Details or Additional Information

Establish a serial connection to the director.

Configure IP addresses for the device.

Connect a serial cable to the port labeled "Console" on the active CP blade and use a terminal emulator program (such as HyperTerminal on a PC, or

TERM, TIP, or Kermit in a UNIX environment) to log on to the console port and device. The blue "Active" LED illuminates on the active CP blade.

Configure an IP address and subnet mask for a chassis management connection.

Configure IP addresses, host names, subnet masks, and gateway addresses for both control processor (CP) blades.

Establish an Ethernet connection to the device.

Set a unique domain ID for the device.

Set the date and time for the device.

Connect Ethernet cable to active CP blade Ethernet port labeled

"Management" and establish a connection.

Disable the device using the the configure

ID. Use switchDisable

command, and then use

command to step through prompts to configure a domain switchEnable

to re-enable the device.

Use the date

, tsTimeZone

, and tsClockServer

commands to set date, time zone, and synchronize local time of device with the NTP server.

Customize the switch and chassis name for the device.

Use the switchName

command, followed by new name in quote marks ( switchName

"bigswitch".)

Use the chassisname marks ( "chassis_002").

command followed by the new name in quote

Verify installed licenses and the license key Enter the

The license --show licenses and the license key.

license --show

You use the

command to determine display enabled

command displays a 'License Id," which is similar to the switchWwn displayed in the output of the license --show switchshow

command.

command to determine enabled licenses and license keys. chassis ID is the License Id/switchWwn.

Record the license key and chassis ID for future reference.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

56

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Task

Verify correct operation of director.

Back up the configuration.

Task Details or Additional Information

Check LEDs on blades and FRUs, and use the following commands to verify operation:

• errdump

• fabricShow

• fanShow

• historyShow

• psShow

• slotShow

• switchShow

• tempShow

Use the configUpload

command.

Items Required

The following items are required for initial setup and verification of the device:

The device is mounted and installed with the required blades, FRUs, transceivers, and cables and is connected to a power source.

A workstation computer with an installed terminal emulator application, such as HyperTerminal for Windows.

An unused IP address with corresponding subnet mask and gateway address.

A serial cable with an RJ-45 connector. (The serial cable is not provided with the chassis.)

An RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter.

Three Ethernet cables (including one spare).

Access to an FTP server or USB device for backing up (uploading) or downloading the device configuration or collecting supportsave output data (optional).

A Brocade test-validated off-the-shelf USB drive.

Providing Power to the Device

Perform the steps to provide power that are applicable to your power supply model. Observe the following precautions for all power connections:

Before connecting power, refer to the following sources of information:

Electrical caution and danger statements in

Safety Precautions and

Facility Requirements

Power supply specifications section in the Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications for power supply requirements of your device.

Connect each power supply to a different power source or circuit to provide full redundancy.

Route the power cords so they will be out of the way when connected to the power source. Ensure that the power cords have a minimum service loop of 15.2 cm (6 in.) and are routed to avoid stress.

Remember that power is supplied to the device as soon as the first power supply is connected to a power source.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

57

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Connecting the Power Cord to AC Power Supplies

Complete the following steps to connect the power cord from the facility AC power source to the device's AC power

supply. Before connecting to power, be sure to observe all "Power Precautions" in Safety Precautions

. In addition, see the power supply specifications and requirements in Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications.

1. Install all power supplies provided for your device if they are not already installed. See

Installing a Power Supply for

procedures.

2. When installing the device in a rack, route power cables from power distribution units (PDUs) so they do not cover air vents in chassis.

3. Connect the provided AC power cords to a power source with a voltage of 200–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz or optionally to a power source with a voltage of 100–120 VAC, 50/60 Hz.

DANGER

High Touch Current. Earth connection essential before connecting supply.

NOTE

The use of the high-voltage line (200–240 VAC) is highly recommended because of better power-conversion efficiency. With 120 VAC primary input, the power distribution unit (PDU) supplies roughly half the available wattage, which can limit blade and port configurations. For a "fully-loaded" chassis with maximum supported blades and optics, two power supplies connected to 200–240 VAC are required for full N+N redundancy. For details on power supplies required for operation and high availability, see the "Power Supply Requirements" and "Power Consumption" tables in the Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications.

4. Route the cords so they will be out of the way when connected to the power source. Ensure that the power cords have a minimum service loop of 15.2 cm (6 in.) available and are routed to avoid stress.

5. Plug the power cords into power supplies. The power supply LED will light green when power is applied. Note that after one power supply is plugged into AC power, LEDs on the remaining installed power supplies will flash green until they also have power applied.

The director performs a power-on self-test (POST) each time it is powered on. POST takes approximately 10 minutes, during which time status LEDs on installed blades and other FRUs may display amber. Power LEDs on all FRUs display green when power-on self-test (POST) is complete and all FRUs are functional. You can bypass POST by using the fastBoot

command. You can also disable POST for successive reboots using the diagDisablePost command.

NOTE

Do not connect the device to the network until the IP addresses are configured.

6. After POST is complete, verify that the power LEDs on blades and other FRUs are green.

For information about LED patterns, see

Monitoring the Device

.

7. Ground the chassis by attaching a ground wire from building the ground to an appropriate crimp connector and attaching the connector to the 2AWG Panduit LCD2-14AF lug located to the left of the bottom fan assembly near the bottom of the chassis.

Connecting to HVAC/HVDC Power Supplies

Perform steps in this section to apply power to the dual-function high-voltage AC and DC (HVAC/HVDC) power supply.

This power supply converts high-voltage DC or AC input to appropriate DC power for the device.

Make sure that you observe the electrical caution and danger statements in Safety Precautions

when connecting this power supply.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

58

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

The equipment installation must meet NEC/CEC code requirements. Consult local authorities for regulations.

NOTE

Power is supplied to the device as soon as the first power supply is connected to a power source.

CAUTION

The maximum input voltage for connection to the HVAC/HVDC power supply should not exceed 305 VAC and

400 VDC .

1. If connecting to AC power, attach an AC power plug to the unterminated wires on the HVAC/HVDC power cord that meets your facility and local code requirements. If connecting to DC power, verify how you will attach these unterminated wires to your site's DC power terminal blocks. For more information on the HVAC/HVDC power cord available for these power supplies, see

Using HVAC/HVDC Power Cords

.

2. Install all power supplies provided for your device if not already installed. See Installing a Power Supply for

procedures.

3. When installing the device in a rack, route power cables from power distribution units (PDUs) so they do not cover air vents in chassis.

4. Before connecting the power cord to a power supply, first remove the cable restraint cover, if it is installed under the power cord connector. Remove the cover by unscrewing the two torx head screws.

Save the retainer cover and screws for reinstallation after plugging in the power cord.

NOTE

When removing the metal cable restraint cover under the high voltage power supply inlet, remove the 2 Torx head screws only.

1. Torx head screws

2. Metal cable restraint cover

5. Connect power cords to installed power supplies.

The connector on the power cord is keyed so that it only fits one way into the power supply connector. Note that the connector's latch should be positioned under the connector and will latch when the power cord connector is fully inserted into the power supply.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

59

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Connector latch

2. Power cable

6. Attach the cable restraint cover under the power cord connector using its two torx head screws (see Step 4).

NOTE

This retainer cover protects the power cord from being accidentally unlatched and disconnected from the power supply.

7. If connecting to an AC power source, use the following steps. (If connecting to a DC power source, go on to Step 8.)

a) Make sure that you observe the electrical caution and danger statements in Safety Precautions when connecting

this power supply.

b) Make sure that the AC power plug is attached to the power-source end of the HVAC/HVDC power cord that meets your facility and local code requirements.

For more information on the HVAC/HVDC power cord available for these power supplies, see Using HVAC/HVDC

Power Cords

.

DANGER

Make sure that the power source circuits are properly grounded, and then use the power cord supplied with the device to connect it to the power source.

c) If connecting to an AC power source, connect to a power source with voltage of 200–277 VAC, 50/60 Hz

(recommended).

NOTE

Use of a high-voltage line (200–277 VAC) is highly recommended because of better power-conversion efficiency. For a "fully-loaded" chassis with maximum supported blades and optics, two power supplies connected to 200–277 VAC are required for full N+N redundancy. For details on power supplies required for operation and high availability, see "Power Supply Requirements" and "Power Consumption" tables in the Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications.

DANGER

High Touch Current. Earth connection essential before connecting supply.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

60

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

CAUTION

Use a separate branch circuit for each power cord, which provides redundancy in case one of the circuits fails.

8. If connecting to an DC power source, use the following steps. (If connecting to a AC power source, go to Step 7.) a) Make sure that you observe applicable electrical caution and danger statements in

Safety Precautions when

connecting this power supply.

b) Terminate the negative (-) and positive (+) unterminated wires on the HVAC/HVDC power cord to the DC power source. Connect the ground wire to building ground.

For more information on the HVAC/HVDC power cord available for these power supplies, see Using HVAC/HVDC

Power Cords

.

NOTE

Make sure that there is an adequate circuit breaker in the DC input circuit to the system based on input wiring to the product and input voltage.

9. Route the cords so they will be out of the way when connected to the power source. Ensure that the power cords have a minimum service loop of 15.2 cm (6 in.) available and are routed to avoid stress.

10. After power is applied, the power supply LED will light green.

The director performs a power-on self-test (POST) each time it is powered on. POST takes approximately 10 minutes, during which time status LEDs on installed blades and other FRUs may display amber. Power LEDs on all FRUs display green when power-on self-test (POST) is complete and all FRUs are functional. You can bypass POST by using the fastBoot command. You can also disable POST for successive reboots on the device using the diagDisablePost command.

NOTE

Do not connect the device to the network until the IP addresses are configured.

11. After POST is complete, verify that the power LEDs on blades and other FRUs are green.

For information about LED patterns, see the "Monitoring the Device" chapter.

12. Ground the chassis by attaching a ground wire from facilites ground to an appropriate crimp connector and attaching the connector to the 2AWG Panduit LCD2-14AF lug located to the left of the bottom fan assembly near the bottom of the chassis.

Using HVAC/HVDC Power Cords

HVAC/HVDC power supply power cords, available from Brocade, are shipped with an Anderson Saf-D-Grid 400 connector on the power supply end and three unterminated 14 AWG UL 600V 90C wires with ring lugs on the power source end.

Power cord length is 6 m (19 ft. 8 in.). For connecting to a power source, attach either an AC power plug to these wires that meets your facility and local code requirements, or connect these wires to appropriate DC power terminal blocks.

The following table defines the function of the 14 AWG wires in the power cable:

Table 13: HVAC/HVDC Power Cable

L+

PE

Wire Label Color

Brown

Blue

Green with yellow stripe

Return positive (+)

Negative (-)

Earth ground (PE)

Function

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

61

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

The Anderson Saf-D-Grid connector on the power supply end of the cord is keyed so that it only fits one way into the power supply. Note that the connector's latch should be positioned under the connector and will latch when the power cord connector is fully inserted into the power supply.

1. Connector latch

2. Power cable

Establishing a Serial Connection to the Device

To establish a serial connection to the console port on the device, complete the following steps.

1. Verify that the device is powered on and that POST is complete by verifying that all power LED indicators on the power supplies, fans, and blades display a steady green light.

2. Remove the shipping cap from the console (I0I0) port on the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the CP blade front panel.

NOTE

The console or serial port is intended primarily for the initial setting of the IP address and for service purposes.

3. Use a serial cable (not provided with the chassis) to connect the console (serial) port on the active CP to a computer workstation.

NOTE

The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED, labeled "Active," on the CP blade front panel.

If the serial port on the workstation is RJ-45 instead of RS-232, remove the adapter on the end of the serial cable and insert the exposed RJ-45 connector into the RJ-45 serial port on the workstation.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

62

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

4. Access the device using a terminal emulator application (such as HyperTerminal in a Windows environment or tip in a

UNIX environment).

5. Disable any serial communication programs running on the workstation (such as synchronization programs).

6. Open a terminal emulator application (such as HyperTerminal on a PC, or TERM, TIP, or Kermit in a UNIX environment), and configure the application as follows:

In a Windows environment:

Parameter Value

Bits per second

Data bits

Parity

Stop bits

Flow control

9600

8

None

1

None

NOTE

Flow control is not supported on the serial consoles when the serial consoles are attached to remote terminal servers and must be disabled on the customer-side remote terminal server and the host-side clients.

In a UNIX environment, enter the following string at the prompt: tip /dev/ttyb -9600

If ttyb is already in use, use ttya -9600 instead.

When the terminal emulator application stops reporting information, press

Enter

. The following logon prompt displays:

CP0 Console Login:

NOTE

CP0 in the preceding prompt is an example. "CP1" will display if it is the active CP.

7. Log on to the console using admin as the default logon name and password as the default password.

As logon to the device occurs, you are prompted to change the device passwords.

Please change passwords for switch default accounts now.

Use Control-C to exit or press 'Enter' key to proceed.

8. Press Enter to step through a procedure to change the passwords as shown in the following example. To skip modifying the password, press Ctrl+C .

----------------------------------------------------for user - admin

Changing password for admin

Enter old password:

Enter new password:

Re-type new password: passwd: all authentication tokens updated successfully

Passwords can be 8 to 40 characters long. They must begin with an alphabetic character. They can include numeric characters, periods (.), and underscores (_) only. Passwords are case-sensitive, and they are not displayed when you enter them on the command line. For more information on passwords, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration

Guide

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

63

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Configuring the IP Addresses

The device requires three IP addresses, which are configured using the ipaddrset command. IP addresses are required for both CP blades (CP0 and CP1) and for chassis management (shown as SWITCH under the ipaddrshow command) in the device.

Following are the default IP addresses and host names for the device:

10.77.77.75 / CP0 (the CP blade in slot 1 at the time of configuration)

10.77.77.74 / CP1 (the CP blade in slot 2 at the time of configuration)

Use one of the following formats for IPv4 or IPv6 addressing when entering the IP address using the ipaddrset command:

If using an IPv4 IP address, enter the IP address in dotted-decimal notation as prompted.

Ethernet IP Address: [192.168.74.102]

If using an IPv6 address, enter the network information in colon-separated notation as prompted.

device:admin> ipaddrset -ipv6 --add 1080::8:800:200C:417A/64

NOTE

Resetting an IP address while the device has active IP traffic or has management and monitoring tools running, such as DCFM, Fabric Watch, and SNMP can cause traffic to be interrupted or stopped.

Complete the following steps to set the IP addresses for the device.

1. Log on to the device through a serial console connection to the active CP blade.

The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel. If you are already logged on through a console port, you can determine whether you are logged in to the active or standby CP by entering hashow at the prompt. The following example shows the local login at CP1, which is the active blade.

Core-X7-8_130239:FID128:admin> hashow

Local CP (Slot 2, CP1): Active, Cold Recovered

Remote CP (Slot 1, CP0): Standby, Healthy

HA enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State synchronized

2. Configure the chassis management IP address by entering the ipaddrset -chassis command: swDir:admin> ipAddrSet -chassis

Enter the required information at the prompts. Specify the -chassis IP address. The -sw 0 IP address is not valid on this device.

NOTE

The addresses 10.0.0.0 through 10.0.0.255 are reserved and used internally by the device. External IPs must not use these addresses.

Following is an example configuration for setting the chassis IP address.

swDir:admin> ipaddrset -chassis

DHCP [Off]:

Ethernet IP Address [10.0.0.0]:192.168.1.1

Ethernet Subnetmask [255.0.0.0]:255.255.240.0

IP address is being changed...

3. Set up the CP0 IP address by entering the ipaddrset -cp 0 command:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

64

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide swDir:admin> ipAddrSet -cp 0

Enter the required information at the prompts. Following is an example configuration for setting the CP0 IP address.

swDir:admin> ipaddrset -cp 0

DHCP [Off]:

Host Name [cp0]:

Ethernet IP Address [10.0.0.0]:192.168.1.2

Ethernet Subnetmask [255.0.0.0]:255.255.260.0

Gateway IP Address [10.0.0.0]:10.38.160.1

IP address is being changed...

Done.

4. Set up the CP1 IP address by entering the ipaddrset -cp 1 command: swDir:admin> ipAddrSet -cp 1

Enter the required information at the prompts. The following is an example configuration for setting the CP1 IP address.

Following is sample configuration for setting the CP1 IP address: swDir:admin> ipaddrset -cp 1

DHCP [Off]:

Host Name [cp0]:

Ethernet IP Address [10.0.0.0]:192.168.3

Ethernet Subnetmask [255.0.0.0]:255.255.230.0

Gateway IP Address [10.0.0.0]:10.38.160.1

IP address is being changed...

Done.

Establishing an Ethernet Connection to the Device

After using a serial connection to configure the IP addresses for the device, you can connect the active CP blade to the local area network (LAN).

NOTE

Connecting the CP blades to a private network or VLAN is recommended.

After establishing an Ethernet connection, you can complete the device configuration using a serial console connection, telnet connection, or management applications, such as Web Tools or Brocade Network Advisor.

Perform the following steps to establish an Ethernet connection to the device.

1. Remove the shipping plug from the Ethernet port on the active CP blade.

The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.

2. Insert one end of an Ethernet cable into the Management (MGMT) Ethernet port.

3. Connect the other end to an Ethernet 10/100/1000 BASE-T LAN.

4. Complete any additional device configuration procedures for the device using one of the following steps:

Log on to the device using a serial console connection and admin logon.

Log on to the device through a telnet session using the chassis management IP address and admin

logon.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

65

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Setting the Domain ID

Each device in the fabric must have a unique domain ID. The default domain ID is 1. If the device is not powered on until after it is connected to the fabric and the default domain ID is already in use, the domain ID for the new device is automatically reset to a unique value. If the device is connected to the fabric after it has been powered on and the default domain ID is already in use, the fabric segments.

You can use the fabricshow command on another device in the fabric to view domain IDs already assigned. Manually configure a unique domain ID using the configure command as in the following steps:

1. Log on to the device using one of the following methods:

A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.

A telnet session using the chassis management IP address.

2. Log on to the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, use password .

3. Perform the following steps to modify the Domain ID.

a) Disable the device by entering the switchdisable

command.

b) Enter the configure command. The command prompts display sequentially. Enter a new value or press Enter to accept each default value.

c) Enter y after the Fabric param prompt.

Fabric param (yes, y, no, n): [no] y d) Enter a unique domain ID (such as the domain ID used by the previous device, if still available).

Domain: (1..239) [1] 3 e) Complete the remaining prompts or press Ctrl+D to accept the remaining settings without completing all the prompts.

f) Re-enable the device by entering the switchenable

command.

Setting the Date and Time

The date and time settings are used for event logging, error detection, and troubleshooting; and hence, you should set them correctly. However, device operation does not depend on the date and time; a device with an incorrect date or time values still functions properly.

You can synchronize the local time of the principal or primary fabric configuration server (FCS) device to that of an external Network Time Protocol (NTP) server.

Perform the following steps to set the date and time.

1. Log on to the device using one of the following methods:

A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.

A telnet session using the chassis management IP address.

2. Log on to the device using admin . If you have not changed the default password, use password .

3. Enter the date command, using the following syntax: date "mmddHHMMyy"

The values are:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

66

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

• mm is the month; valid values are 01 through 12.

• dd is the date; valid values are 01 through 31.

HH is the hour; valid values are 00 through 23.

MM is minutes; valid values are 00 through 59.

• yy is the year; valid values are 00 through 99 (values greater than 69 are interpreted as 1970 through 1999, and values less than 70 are interpreted as 2000 through 2069).

switch:admin> date

Fri Sep 28 17:01:48 UTC 2016 switch:admin> date "0927123016"

Thu Sep 27 12:30:00 UTC 2016 switch:admin>

Setting the Time Zone

The default time zone is Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The time zone needs to be set only once because the value is stored in nonvolatile memory. Use the following procedure to set the time zone. The time zone change will take affect after the next system reboot.

1. Log on to the device using one of the following methods:

A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.

A telnet session using the chassis management IP address.

2. Log on to the device using admin

. If you have not changed the default password, use password

.

3. Use one of the following steps for the tsTimeZone

command.

Enter the tsTimeZone --interactive

command, enter the appropriate number as shown in the following example, and then follow prompts.

sw0:admin> tstimezone --interactive

Please identify a location so that time zone rules can be set correctly.

Please select a continent or ocean.

1) Africa

2) Americas

3) Antarctica

4) Arctic Ocean

5) Asia

6) Atlantic Ocean

7) Australia

8) Europe

9) Indian Ocean

10) Pacific Ocean

11) none - I want to specify the time zone using the POSIX TZ format.

Enter number or control-D to quit ?

Enter tsTimeZone [

-houroffset

[,

minuteoffset

]] command as follows:

For Pacific Standard Time, enter tsTimeZone -8,0 .

For Central Standard Time, enter tsTimeZone -6,0 .

For Eastern Standard Time, enter tsTimeZone -5,0 .

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

67

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Table 14: Example: tsTimeZone Command Parameter Selection for the U.S. Time Zones

Local Time tsTimeZone Parameter (Difference from UTC)

Atlantic Standard

Atlantic Daylight

Eastern Standard

Eastern Daylight

Central Standard

Central Daylight

Mountain Standard

Mountain Daylight

Pacific Standard

Pacific Daylight

Alaskan Standard

–6,0

–5,0

–7,0

–6,0

–4,0

–3,0

–5,0

–4,0

–8,0

–7,0

–9,0

Alaskan Daylight –8,0

Hawaiian Standard –10,0

Enter the tsTimeZone command followed by the time zone, such as US/Pacific, US/Central, or US/Eastern as in the following example.

switch_99:Admin> tstimezone US/Pacific

System Time Zone change will take effect at next reboot

Synchronizing the Local Time with an External Source

Perform the following steps to synchronize the local time of the principal or primary FCS device with the time of an external NTP server.

1. Log on to the device using one of the following methods:

A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.

A telnet session using the chassis management IP address.

2. Log on to the device using admin . If you have not changed the default password, use password .

3. Enter the tsClockServer

ipaddr

command.

The

ipaddr

variable represents the IP address of the NTP server that the device can access. This argument is optional; by default, the value is LOCL .

switch:admin> tsclockserver 192.168.126.60

Updating Clock Server configuration...done.

Updated with the NTP servers

Customizing the Chassis and Switch Name

Refer to the considerations and rules for creating switch, fabric, and chassis names listed in the

Brocade Fabric OS

Administration Guide

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

68

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

Changing the name causes a domain address format RSCN to be issued.

1. Log onto the device using one of the following methods:

A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.

A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.

2. Log onto the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, use password .

3. Enter chassisName followed by the new name.

switch:admin> chassisname Chassis_01

A message displays explaining that the chassis name change is applied and the new name will display at next login.

You can enter chassisName to verify the new name after login.

4. To change the switch name, enter switchName followed by the new name.

swDir:admin> switchName Switch_01

Committing configuration...

Done.

Switch name has been changed.Please re-login into the switch for the change to be applied.

A message displays that the name change is applied and the new name will display at the next login. You can enter switchName to verify the new name after login.

5. Record the new names for future references.

Verifying Installed Licenses and the License Key

All licenses come preinstalled on the director. Use the following steps to list installed licenses and to record your license key and chassis ID for future reference.

1. Log on to the device using one of the following methods:

A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.

A telnet session using the chassis management IP address.

2. Log on to the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, use password .

3. Enter the license --show command to determine which licenses are enabled.

This will list installed licenses and display a license key, such as aNYtMJg7tcMZrTZ9JTXBC4SXWLJMY3QfBKYHG .

4. Enter the license --show command on the active CP blade to obtain the license ID (the switchWwn, formerly chassis ID).

The chassis ID is required to obtain and activate licenses for the device.

5. Store and record the license key file for future reference.

Refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Software Licensing User Guide

for more information.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

69

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Verifying Correct Operation

Perform the following steps to verify correct operation of the device.

1. Check the LEDs of all power supplies, fans, and blades to verify that all are functional.

2. Log on to the device using one of the following methods:

A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.

A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.

3. Log on to the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, use password .

4. Verify the correct operation of the device by entering the following commands. Copy the output to a file to save the information.

Command

errDump fabricShow fanShow historyShow psShow slotShow slotshow -m slotshow -p switchShow tempShow

Description

Displays any errors.

Displays information about the device operation in the fabric and general information about the fabric.

Displays fans status and information.

Displays the device history.

Displays power supply status and information.

Displays the current status of each slot in the device.

Displays blades (with model numbers) detected in each slot.

Displays power consumption data and enabled status for installed blades.

Displays switch status and information.

Displays temperature status and information.

Backing Up the Configuration

Back up the configuration on a regular basis to ensure that a complete configuration is available for downloading to a replacement switch.

Observe the following notes about configuration data:

Passwords are not saved in the configuration file, and are not uploaded during a configuration upload.

It is recommended that the configuration be backed up on a regular basis to ensure that a complete configuration is available for downloading to a replacement chassis.

Besides saving configuration files to an FTP server or local file system, you can save to a test validated USB device with the usbstorage command.

NOTE

Use a USB drive that has been test validated (verified) by Broadcom (Brocade):

SanDisk 32 CZ48 USB 3.0 Flash Drive (SDCZ48-032G-UAM46)

SanDisk 16 CZ48 USB 3.0 Flash Drive (SDCZ48-016G-UAM46)

Kingston 32GB DataTraveler 100 G3 USB 3.0 Flash Drive (DT100G3/32GB)

Kingston 32GB DataTraveler G4 USB 3.0 Flash Drive (DTIG4/32GB)

PNY Attache 3.0 4 USB 32GB Flash Drive

PNY Attache 3.0 4 USB 16GB Flash Drive

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

70

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

These drives are not orderable from Broadcom but are generically-branded and can be purchased from other suppliers.

1. Log on to the device using one of the following methods:

A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.

A telnet session using the chassis management IP address.

2. Log on to the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, use password .

3. Back up the device configuration using the configUpload command.

Follow the prompts to upload the configuration to an external host using the file transfer protocol (FTP), secure copy protocol (SCP), or secure FTP (SFTP), or save the configuration to the local file system on device or attached USB device.

Core-X7-8_130239:FID128:admin> configupload

Protocol (scp, ftp, sftp, local) [ftp]:

Server Name or IP Address [host]: 10.154.5.40

User Name [user]: anonymous

Path/Filename [(home dir)/config.txt]: dumps/supportsaves/andy/fos9k/folder/d239 -all

Section (all|chassis|FID# [all]):

configUpload complete: All selected config parameters are uploaded

4. Back up the virtual fabric configuration using the configUpload -vf command.

For more information on using the configUpload and configUpload -vf commands, refer to the

Brocade Fabric

OS Command Reference Manual

.

5. Enter the following commands for additional configuration information that you can save to files:

• configShow

• ipaddrShow

• licenseShow

• switchShow

Powering Down the Chassis

Perform the following steps to power down the chassis.

1. Shut down the chassis using the sysShutdown command.

switch::admin> sysshutdown

This command will shutdown the operating systems on your switch.

You are required to power-cycle the switch in order to restore operation.

Are you sure you want to shutdown the switch [y/n]?y

HA is disabled

Stopping blade 1

Shutting down the blade....

Stopping blade 2

Shutting down the blade....

Stopping blade 8

Shutting down the blade....

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

71

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Broadcast message from root (pts/1) Tue Aug 23 14:23:06 2010...

The system is going down for system halt NOW !!

NOTE

If you do

not

use the sysshutdown command and you sequence power off on power distribution units

(PDU) with a few seconds between power-offs, be aware that a low-power condition will be detected and logged along with possible blade power-offs before shutdown. This is an expected error condition due to delays in powering down PDUs without halting the control processors first using sysShutdown .

2. Power off the chassis by disconnecting all power cords or switching off rack power source.

Note that power supply LEDs will continue to flash green briefly after disconnecting power until power supply is completely off.

3. To disconnect power cables from HVAC/HVDC power supplies only, perform the following steps.

a) Remove the cable restraint cover, if installed under the power cord connector, by unscrewing the two torx head screws.

1. Torx Head Screws

2. Metal Cable Restraint Cover

CAUTION

When removing the metal cable restraint cover under the high voltage power supply inlet, remove the two

Torx head screws only.

b) Disconnect the power cable from the power supply.

NOTE

The latch for the power cable connector is positioned under the connector. Press on the latch using a small screwdriver or other tool to unlatch from the power supply.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

72

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Power Cable

2. Connector Latch

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

73

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Installing Transceivers and Cables

Supported Transceivers and Cables

The following table is a general reference of the types of transceivers supported on device blades.

Table 15: Supported Transceivers and Cables

Blade

FC32-48 port blade

FC32-64 port blade

Transceiver Type

32Gb/s, SWL, LWL, ELWL

16Gb/s SFP+, SWL, LWL, ELWL

10Gb/s SFP+, SWL, LWL

4x32Gb/s QSFP+, SWL

4x16Gb/s QSFP+, SWL

FC32-X7-48 port blade

FC64-48 port blade

SX6 extension blade

CR64-4 core routing blade

128Gb/s CWDM4 2 km QSFP+ for ISL links

40GbE QSFP+ with breakout for 40GBASE SR4 and

10GBASE SR connectivity over MTP 1x8 or 1x12 cabling

40GbE QSFP+ for bidirectional SR connectivity with LC connectors

100GbE QSFP28 for SR4 connectivity over MTP 1x12 cabling

This QSFP+ provides 4x25GbE connectivity only.

32Gb/s, SWL, LWL, ELWL

16Gb/s SFP+, SWL, LWL, ELWL

10Gb/s SFP+, SWL, LWL

32Gb/s, SWL, LWL, ELWL

10Gb/s SFP+, SWL, LWL

32Gb/s SFP28, SWL, LWL

16Gb/s SFP+, SWL, LWL, ELWL

10Gb/s, SFP+, SWL, LWL

10GbE SFP+, SR, LR, USR

10GBase-ZRD tunable SFP+

1GbE SFP, Copper

1GbE SX SFP, LX SFP, and CWDM SFP+

40GbE QSFP, SR4, LR4, ER4

4xGen 7 ICL QSFP56 SWL

4x32Gb/s QSFP28, SWL

4x32Gb/s QSFP28, LWL (2 km)

AutoNegotiate/Fixed

Autonegotiate

Autonegotiate

Fixed

Autonegotiate (each 32Gb/s channel)

Autonegotiate (each 16Gb/s channel)

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Autonegotiate

Autonegotiate

Fixed

Autonegotiate

Fixed

Autonegotiate

Autonegotiate

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Manual port speed configuration, 32Gb/s default

Fixed

Speeds Supported

8, 16, and 32Gb/s

4, 8, and 16Gb/s

10Gb/s

4x32Gb/s and 4x16Gb/s

4x16, 4x8, and 4x4Gb/s

4x32Gb/s

4x10GbE (breakout mode) or 40 GbE

40GbE

4x25GbE (breakout mode)

8, 16, and 32Gb/s

4, 8, and 16Gb/s

10Gb/s

8, 16, and 32Gb/s

10Gb/s

8, 16, and 32Gb/s

4, 8, and 16Gb/s

10Gb/s

10GbE

10GbE

1GbE

1GbE

40GbE

Gen 7 ICL speed

32Gb/s or 16Gb/s

32Gb/s

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

74

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Blade

CR64-8 core routing blade

Transceiver Type

4xGen 7 ICL QSFP56 SW

4x32Gb/s QSFP28, SWL

AutoNegotiate/Fixed

Fixed

Manual port speed configuration, 32Gb/s default

Fixed

Speeds Supported

Gen 7 ICL speed

32Gb/s or 16Gb/s

4x32Gb/s QSFP28, LWL (2 km) 32Gb/s

Gen 7 ports require the use of Gen 7 or 32Gb/s optics that are labeled with an SEC designation in the optic description.

Gen 6 32Gb/s optics that do not have SEC in the product description are not supported. The image provides an example of an optic label with SEC in the description (32G LW-SEC 10km).

The following note applies to QSFP transceivers on core routing blades.

To connect an ICL between a QSFP on a X7 Director core routing blade and a QSFP on a DCX 8510 Director core routing blade, use the 4x32Gb/s QSFP28 SWL transceiver that supports 4x32Gb/s and 4x16Gb/s operation. Use the appropriate ICL kit to meet X7 QSFP requirements. Contact your X7 representative for ordering information.

The following figures show examples of QSFP to QSFP and QSFP breakout cables.

Figure 27: QSFP to QSFP Standard Cables

1. QSFP Quad Connector

Figure 28: QSFP to SFP Breakout/Cables

This is only useful for ICLs if connecting to a patch panel.

1. QSFP MPO Connector

2. SFP Connectors

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

75

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

DANGER

Use only optical transceivers that are qualified by Broadcom and comply with the FDA Class 1 radiation performance requirements defined in 21 CFR Subchapter I, and with IEC 60825 and EN60825. Optical products that do not comply with these standards might emit light that is hazardous to the eyes.

For Class 1M transceiver specifications, see Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications.

For current information on qualified transceivers supported by this device, refer to the

Brocade Fibre Channel Transceiver

Platform Support Matrix

and

Brocade Transceiver Module Resources

. These resources include transceiver data sheets.

Port and Extension Blade Transceivers

FC SFP+ transceivers installed in port blades and extension blade ports provide connections to devices on FC fabrics.

The following figure illustrates a FC SFP+ transceiver. A separate fiber optic cable plugs into the transceiver.

Figure 29: FC SFP+ Transceiver

1. Pull Tab

2. Transceiver

GbE SFP+ and QSFP ports on extension blades allow connection of blades to IP WANs and allow Fibre Channel and

IP I/O traffic to pass through the IP WAN through extension tunnels. The following illustration shows a typical SFP+ transceiver that uses a bail latching mechanism to release the transceiver from the blade port cage. A separate fiber optic cable plugs into the transceiver.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

76

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 30: Optical Transceiver with Bail Open

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. SFP+ Bail

The following illustration shows a 40GbE QSFP transceiver that uses a bail latching mechanism to release the transceiver from the blade port cage. A separate fiber optic cable connects to the transceiver. Some QSFP transceivers have an integrated pull tab that releases the transceiver from the port.

Figure 31: QSFP Cable and Transceiver with Bail Open

1. Fiber-Optic Cable

2. Bail

3. Transceiver

Core Routing Blades

QSFPs installed in core routing blades are used for connecting inter-switch links (ICLs) between X7 Directors or between

X7 and X6 or DCX 8510 Directors. Interconnecting these devices increases the number of useable ports for device connections.

The following list and illustration show the types of QSFPs installed in core routing blades:

Separate MTP cable and transceiver. The transceiver is inserted into the blade port and the cable plugs into a QSFP on the other end of the ICL.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

77

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 32: QSFP Transceiver with Separate Cable

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Pull Tab

2. QSFP Cable

3. QSFP Transceiver

NOTE

If the fiber optic cables are not connected to the transceivers, make sure that the rubber sealing gaskets are plugged into the transceivers.

Brocade 2 km 4x32Gb/s QSFP transceiver with LC connectors. The transceiver is inserted into the blade port connector and single-mode optical fiber (SMF) LC cable connects the transceiver to the other end of the ICL or a patch panel.

NOTE

Because 16Gb/s speeds are not supported with this optic, connectivity to a DCX 8510 over distances beyond

100m is not possible.

Follow these guidelines for using QSFPs when connecting ICLs. See

Installing a QSFP Transceiver

to install cables and

QSFP transceivers.

The QSFP ports on the core switch blades can be used only with an inter-chassis link (ICL) license. After the addition or removal of a license, the license enforcement is performed on the ports only when the portdisable and portenable commands are issued on the ports. An ICL license must be installed on all X7 Directors forming the ICL connection. Up to nine neighboring Directors can be connected with the MTP cables.

The 32Gb/s QSFP28 SWL transceivers on X7 Director core routing blades operate at 4x32Gb/s and 4x16Gb/s speeds so can be used for an ICL connection between a 32Gb/s QSFP on a X7 Director core routing blade and a 16Gb/s

QSFP transceiver on a DCX 8510 Director core routing blade. The 32Gb/s QSFP can also be used to connect an X7

Director to an X6 Director. Use the appropriate ICL kit for this application.

An off-the-shelf MTP cable up to 100m can be used as an ICL cable when using the standard SWL optics.

Brocade supports fully populating a switch with ICL connections using a mixture of 100m SWL and 4x32Gb/s 2 km optics.

For complete requirements and considerations for using QSFPs to support 2 km on ICL ports, refer to "Using the

QSFPs that support 2 km on ICL ports" in the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

.

On the core routing blade faceplates, QSFP ports belonging to the same trunking groups are indicated with the same color border under the ports. These colors are also applied to the port map labels on each blade faceplate to indicate ports belonging to the same trunking groups.

For details on the following subjects, refer to the "Inter-Chassis Links' section of the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration

Guide

:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

78

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

ICL topologies

ICL trunking

Configuring ICLs between X7 Directors

Configuring ICLs between X7 and DCX 8510 Directors

Configuring ICLs between X7 and X6 Chassis

Brocade 4x32Gb/s 2-Km LWL QSFPs

The Brocade 2-km 4x32Gb/s LWL QSFP28 is a hot-swappable, low-voltage (3.3V) digital diagnostic optical transceiver that supports high-speed serial links over parallel single-mode optical fibers at signaling rates up to 4×28.05Gb/s. This is a multi-rated CWDM4 QSFP28 transceiver with a duplex LC connector, as in the following illustration. It supports up to 2-km link length using duplex single-mode fiber.

Figure 33: QSFP28 Transceiver

1. Pull Tab

2. QSFP Cable

3. QSFP Transceiver

All 16 ICL ports can be used for 2 km distances when 20 buffer credits are configured per virtual channel.

Time and Items Required

The installation or replacement procedure for one transceiver takes less than 5 minutes. Ensure that the following items are available:

Required number of compatible power cables

Required number of supported Brocade-branded transceivers

Required number of compatible fiber-optic cables

Precautions Specific to Transceivers and Cables

DANGER

Use only optical transceivers that are qualified by Broadcom and comply with the FDA Class 1 radiation performance requirements defined in 21 CFR Subchapter I, and with IEC 60825 and EN60825. Optical products that do not comply with these standards might emit light that is hazardous to the eyes.

CAUTION

Do not use the port cover tabs to lift the module. They are not designed to support the weight of the module, which can fall and be damaged.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

79

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

CAUTION

Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical contacts to ground surface.

Cleaning the Fiber-Optic Connectors

To avoid problems with the connection between the fiber-optic transceiver (SFP+ or QSFP) and the fiber cable connectors, clean both connectors

each time you disconnect and reconnect them

. Dust can accumulate on the connectors and cause problems such as reducing the optic launch power.

To clean the fiber cable connectors, use a fiber-optic reel-type cleaner. When not using an SFP+ or QSFP connector, make sure to keep the protective covering in place.

Cable Management

The minimum radius that a 50-micron cable can be bent under full tensile load is 5.1 cm (2 in.). For a cable under no tensile load, that minimum is 3.0 cm (1.2 in.). Cables can be organized and managed in a variety of ways, for example, using cable channels on the sides of the rack or patch panels to minimize cable management. Following is a list of additional recommendations:

Plan for the required rack space for cable management before installing the switch.

Leave at least 1m (3.28 ft) of slack for each port cable. This slack provides room to remove and replace the switch, allows for inadvertent movement of the rack, and helps prevent the cables from being bent to less than the minimum bend radius.

If you are using Brocade ICL Trunking, consider grouping cables by trunking groups. The cables used in trunking groups must meet specific requirements, as described in the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

.

For easier maintenance, label the fiber-optic cables and record the devices to which they are connected.

Keep LEDs visible by routing port cables and other cables away from the LEDs.

Do not route the cables in front of air vents.

Use Velcro-type straps to secure and organize fiber-optic cables.

Route the cables away from LEDs to keep them visible.

CAUTION

Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical contacts to ground surface.

NOTE

Do not use tie wraps with optical cables because they are easily overtightened and can damage the optic fibers.

Installing an SFP+ Transceiver

NOTE

For current information on qualified transceivers supported by this device, refer to the Brocade Fibre Channel

Transceiver Support Matrix and Brocade Transceiver Modules on www.broadcom.com.

The device supports only Brocade-qualified transceivers. If you use an unqualified transceiver, the switchshow command output shows the port in a Mod_Inv state. Fabric OS also logs the issue in the system error log. To insert an

SFP+ transceiver, complete the following steps:

NOTE

Always use the pull tab to insert or remove 16Gb/s and 32Gb/s transceivers since they might be hot.

1. Perform one of the following steps, depending on your transceiver type.

If the transceiver has a pull tab (16Gb/s and 32Gb/s SFP+ transceivers), use the pull tab to help push the transceiver into the port until it is firmly seated and the latching mechanism clicks.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

80

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 34: Installing an SFP+ Transceiver with a Pull Tab into a Blade Port

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Pull Tab

2. Transceiver

If the transceiver has a bail latch mechanism (10GbE transceivers), ensure that the bail (wire handle) is in the unlocked position, grasp the transceiver, and push it into the port until firmly seated. Close the bail to latch the transceiver in the slot.

Figure 35: Installing an SFP+ Transceiver with a Bail Latch into a Blade Port

1. Bail

Transceivers are keyed so that they can be inserted only with the correct orientation. If a transceiver does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented.

2. Position a cable so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is aligned with the slot in the transceiver.

Insert the cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

NOTE

Cables are keyed so that they can be inserted in only one way. If a cable does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented. Do not insert any unsupported cable intended for another type of transceiver into a regular SFP+ transceiver. You may damage the cable as well as the transceiver.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

81

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Replacing an SFP+ Transceiver

Complete the following steps to remove and then install a new SFP+ transceiver.

NOTE

The 16Gb/s and 32Gb/s SFP+ transceivers do not have bails but pull tabs. Always use the pull tab to insert or remove the SFP+ transceivers, since the transceiver might be hot.

1. Remove any cables that are inserted into the transceiver.

2. To remove the transceiver, perform one of the following steps, depending on your transceiver type.

If the transceiver has a pull tab (16Gb/s and 32Gb/s SFP+ transceivers), grasp the pull tab and pull the transceiver straight out from the port.

NOTE

Grasp the pull tab near the body of the transceiver to reduce the chances of bending the pull tab. Since the transceiver may be hot, avoid touching it.

Figure 36: Replacing an SFP+ Optical Transceiver with a Pull Tab into a Blade Port

1. Pull Tab

2. Transceiver

If the transceiver has a bail latch mechanism (10GbE transceivers), unlatch from the port by pulling the bail (wire handle) away from its pivot point using your fingers or the hooked end of the transceiver extraction tool. Pull the transceiver out from the port slightly using the bail, and then gasp the transceiver with your fingers and slide it straight out of the port.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

82

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 37: Installing an SFP+ Transceiver with a Bail Latch into a Blade Port

1. Bail

3. To install the transceiver, perform one of the following steps depending on your transceiver type:

If the transceiver has a pull tab (16Gb/s and 32Gb/s SFP+ transceivers), use the pull tab to help push the transceiver into the port until it is firmly seated and the latching mechanism clicks.

If the transceiver has a bail latch mechanism (10GbE transceivers), ensure that the bail (wire handle) is in the unlocked position, grasp the transceiver, and push it into the port until firmly seated. Close the bail to latch the transceiver in the slot.

Transceivers are keyed so that they can only be inserted with the correct orientation. If a transceiver does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented.

4. Position a cable so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is aligned with the slot in the transceiver.

Insert the cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

Cables are keyed so that they can be inserted in only one way. If a cable does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented.

Installing a QSFP Transceiver

The device supports only transceivers qualified for Brocade devices. If you use an unqualified transceiver, the switchshow command output shows the port in a Mod_Inv state. The operating system also logs the issue in the system error log. Also, note the following:

Each QSFP contains four individual 16Gb/s or 32Gb/s ports. Be aware that any problems with one port could affect all four ports in the quad if the QSFP must be replaced.

Although installation and removal procedures are the same for QSFP transceivers installed in port blades and extension blades, these transceivers are not interchangeable between the two blade types.

To insert a QSFP transceiver and cable, complete the following steps.

1. Push the transceiver into the port using the pull tab. Transceivers are keyed so that they can be inserted only with the correct orientation. If a transceiver does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented. Push the correctly oriented transceiver into the port until it is firmly seated and the latching mechanism clicks.

NOTE

Always use the transceiver pull tab to insert or remove the QSFP transceivers, as the transceiver might be hot.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

83

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 38: Installing a QSFP Transceiver into a Blade Port

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Pull Tab

2. QSFP Cable

3. QSFP Transceiver

The port LED initially blinks amber after installation, and then displays steady amber.

2. Position the cable so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is aligned with the slot in the transceiver. Insert the cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

NOTE

If your transceiver has an integrated cable, you will not need to install a cable.

The port LED displays steady amber until both ends of the cable are inserted and the link is established. When the link is fully established, the LED displays a steady green.

NOTE

Cables are keyed so that they can be inserted in only one way. If a cable does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented. Do not insert any unsupported cable intended for another type of transceiver into a regular QSFP transceiver. You may damage the cable as well as the transceiver.

3. Organize the cables to avoid covering LEDs and air vents. See Cable Management

.

Replacing a QSFP Transceiver

The device supports only transceivers qualified for Brocade devices. If you use an unqualified transceiver, the output from the switchshow command shows the port in a Mod_Inv state. Fabric OS also logs the issue in the system error log.

Also, note the following:

Each QSFP contains four individual Gen 7 ICL or 32Gb/s ports. Be aware that any problems with one port could affect all four ports in the quad if the QSFP must be replaced.

Although installation and removal procedures are the same for QSFP transceivers installed in port blades and extension blades, these transceivers are not interchangeable between the two blade types.

Complete the following steps to remove and then install a new QSFP transceiver.

1. Remove any cables that are inserted into the transceiver.

2. Grasp the transceiver pull tab and gently pull the transceiver straight out from the port.

NOTE

Grasp the pull tab near the body of the transceiver to reduce the chances of bending the pull tab. Since the transceiver may be hot, always use the pull tab and avoid touching the transceiver body.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

84

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

3. To insert the replacement transceiver, use the pull tab to carefully push the transceiver into the port. Transceivers are keyed so that they can be inserted only with the correct orientation. If a transceiver does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented. Gently push the correctly oriented QSFP transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

Figure 39: Installing a QSFP Optical Transceiver into a Blade Port

1. Pull Tab

2. QSFP Cable

3. QSFP Transceiver

The port's status LED initially blinks amber after installation, and then displays steady amber.

4. Position a cable so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is aligned with the slot in the transceiver.

Insert the cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

NOTE

If your transceiver has an integrated cable attached, you will not install a cable.

The port's status LED displays steady amber until both ends of the cable are inserted and the link is established.

When the link is fully established, the LED displays a steady green.

NOTE

Cables are keyed so that they can be inserted in only one way. If a cable does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented.

5. Organize cables to avoid covering LEDs and air vents. See Cable Management

.

Verifying the Operation of New Transceivers

You can use the following commands to verify if the transceivers are working correctly:

• errDump

• fabricShow

• sfpShow

• switchShow

• switchshow -qsfp

• switchshow -slot , where

slot

is the slot number

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, see Using Monitoring Commands and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

For more information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

85

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Monitoring the Device

Introduction

This device is engineered for high reliability, high availability, and enhanced serviceability (RAS) and requires no routine operational steps or maintenance. This chapter provides information about determining the status of each component using LEDs and CLI commands. Refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Web Tools Administration Guide

and the

Brocade Fabric

OS Administration Guide

for additional information.

Interpreting FC32-X7-48 Port Blade LEDs

See the following figure and table to interpret the LED patterns for the FC32-X7-48 blade. The LED patterns temporarily change during the POST and other diagnostic tests.

Figure 40: FC32-X7-48 Port Blade LEDs

1. Blade Power LED

2. Blade Status LED

3. Status LED for Upper FC port

4. Status LED for Lower FC port

The following table describes the port blade LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

86

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Table 16: Port Blade LED Descriptions

Power

Status

LED Purpose

FC port Status

Color

Steady green

No light (LED is off)

No light (LED is off)

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds)

Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 second, then off 1/2 second)

No light (LED is off)

Steady green

Slow-flashing green (on 1 second, then off 1 second)

Fast-flashing green (on 1/4 second, then off 1/4 second)

Flickering green

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds)

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Status Recommended Action

The blade is operational.

The blade is not powered on.

No action is required.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated, with ejectors pushed in fully to the center of the blade and ensure that the captive screw for each ejector is fully tightened.

Verify that the power LED is on.

The blade is either healthy or does not have power.

The blade is faulty.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated and check the status by entering the slotShow command. If LED remains amber, consult the device supplier.

The blade is not seated correctly or is faulty.

Environmental range has been exceeded.

Pull the blade out and reseat it. If LED continues to flash, replace the blade.

Check for out-of-bounds environmental conditions and correct them.

Verify that the power LED is on, check the transceiver and cable.

Port has no incoming power, or there is no light or signal carrier detected.

Polling is in progress.

The connected device is configured in an offline state.

The port is online (connected to an external device) but has no traffic.

The port is online but segmented, indicating a loopback plug or cable or an incompatible switch.

The port is in internal loopback

(diagnostic).

The port is online, with traffic flowing through the port.

The port is receiving light or signal carrier, but it is not online yet.

Allow 60 seconds for polling to complete.

Verify the status of the connected device.

No action is required.

Verify that the correct device is attached to the chassis.

No action is required.

No action is required.

Reset the port from the workstation using the portable or portCfgPersistentEnable command.

The port is disabled due to diagnostic tests or the portDisable commands.

or portCfgPersistentEnable

Reset the port from the workstation using the portDisable

or portCfgPersistentEnable command.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

87

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

LED Purpose Color Status Recommended Action

Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 second, then off 1/2 second)

Alternating green/amber

The transceiver or port is faulty. Change the transceiver or reset the switch from the workstation.

The port is beaconing.

No action is required.

Interpreting FC64-48 Port Blade LEDs

See the following figure and table to interpret the LED patterns for the FC64-48 blade. The LED patterns temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

Figure 41: FC64-48 Port Blade LEDs

1. Blade Power LED

2. Blade Status LED

3. Status LED for Upper FC port

4. Status LED for Lower FC port

The following table describes the port blade LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

88

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Table 17: Port Blade LED Descriptions

Power

Status

LED Purpose

FC port Status

Color

Steady green

No light (LED is off)

No light (LED is off)

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds)

Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 second, then off 1/2 second)

No light (LED is off)

Steady green

Slow-flashing green (on 1 second, then off 1 second)

Fast-flashing green (on 1/4 second, then off 1/4 second)

Flickering green

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds)

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Status Recommended Action

The blade is operational.

The blade is not powered on.

No action is required.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated, with ejectors pushed in fully to the center of blade and ensure that the captive screw for each ejector is fully tightened.

Verify that the power LED is on.

The blade is either healthy or does not have power.

The blade is faulty.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated and check the status by entering the slotShow command. If the LED remains amber, consult the device supplier.

The blade is not seated correctly or is faulty.

Environmental range has been exceeded.

Pull the blade out and reseat it. If LED continues to flash, replace the blade.

Check for out-of-bounds environmental condition and correct it.

Verify that the power LED is on, check the transceiver and cable.

The port has no incoming power, or there is no light or signal carrier detected.

Polling is in progress.

The connected device is configured in an offline state.

Port is online (connected to an external device) but has no traffic.

Port is online but segmented, indicating a loopback plug or cable or an incompatible switch.

Port is in internal loopback

(diagnostic).

The port is online, with traffic flowing through the port.

The port is receiving light or signal carrier, but it is not online yet.

Allow 60 seconds for polling to complete.

Verify the status of the connected device.

No action is required.

Verify that the correct device is attached to the chassis.

No action is required.

No action is required.

Reset the port from the workstation using the portEnable portCfgPersistentEnable command.

or

The port is disabled due to diagnostic tests or portDisable portCfgPersistentEnable command.

or

Reset the port from the workstation using the portEnable or portCfgPersistent

Enable

command.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

89

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

LED Purpose Color

Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 second, then off 1/2 second)

Alternating green/amber

Status

The transceiver or port is faulty.

The port is beaconing.

Recommended Action

Change the transceiver or reset the switch from the workstation.

No action is required.

Interpreting FC32-64 Port Blade LEDs

See the following figure and table to interpret the LED patterns for the FC32-64 blade. The LED patterns temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

Figure 42: FC32-64 Port Blade LEDs

1. Blade Power LED

2. Blade Status LED

3. Status LEDs for QSFP+ Ports

The following table describes the blade LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns.

NOTE

When the QSFP is operating in breakout mode, each of the four LEDs above the QSFP+ port indicates the status of an individual breakout port. When the QSFP is operating in nonbreakout mode (Ethernet QSFPs only), the primary port LED (leftmost LED) indicates the status of the single, unified QSFP port. For example, for a

40GbE QSFP in breakout mode, each of the four LEDs indicates the status of a 10GbE port. In nonbreakout mode, the primary LED (leftmost LED) indicates the status of the unified 40GbE port.

The following table describes the blade LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

90

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Table 18: Port Blade LED Descriptions

Power

Status

LED Purpose

QSFP port Status

Color Status Recommended Action

Steady green

No light (LED is off)

No light (LED is off)

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 1.28

seconds, then off 1.28 seconds)

Fast-flashing amber (on 320 ms second, then off 320 ms)

No light (LED is off)

Steady green

Slow-flashing green (on 1.28

second, then off 1.28 second)

Fast-flashing green (on 320 ms, then off 320 ms)

Flickering green

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 1.28

seconds, then off 1.28 seconds)

The blade is operational.

The blade is not powered on.

No action is required.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated, with ejectors pushed in fully to the center of the blade and ensure that the captive screw for each ejector is fully tightened.

Verify that the power LED is on.

The blade is either healthy or does not have power.

The blade is faulty.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated and check the status by entering the slotShow command. If LED remains amber, consult the device supplier.

The blade is not seated correctly or is faulty.

Environmental range has been exceeded.

Port has no incoming power, or there is no light or signal carrier detected.

Polling is in progress.

Pull the blade out and reseat it. If LED continues to flash, replace the blade.

Check for out-of-bounds environmental conditions and correct them.

Verify that the blade power LED is on, check the transceiver and cable.

Allow 60 seconds for polling to complete.

Verify the status of the connected device.

No action is required.

The connected device is configured in an offline state.

Port is online (connected to an external device) but has no traffic.

Port is online but segmented, indicating a loopback plug or cable or an incompatible switch.

Port is in internal loopback

(diagnostic).

Port is online, with traffic flowing through the port.

Port is receiving light or signal carrier, but it is not online yet.

Verify that the correct device is attached to the chassis.

No action is required.

No action is required.

Reset the port from the workstation using the portEnable portCfgPersistentEnable command.

or

Port is disabled due to diagnostic tests or the portDisable commands.

or portCfgPersistentEnable

Reset the port from the workstation using the portDisable

or portCfgPersistentEnable command.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

91

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

LED Purpose Color Status Recommended Action

Fast-flashing amber (on 320 ms second, then of 320 ms)

Alternating green/amber

Transceiver or port is faulty.

Port is beaconing.

Change the transceiver or reset the switch from the workstation.

No action is required.

Interpreting Extension Blade LEDs

See the following figure and table to interpret the LED patterns on the SX6 extension blade. The LED patterns temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

Figure 43: SX6 Extension Blade LEDs

1. Blade Power LED

2. Blade Status LED

3. Upper 40GbE QSFP (Port 0) Status LED

4. Lower 40GbE QSFP (Port 1) status LED

5. Upper 1 or 10GbE Port Status LED

6. Lower 1 or 10GbE Port Status LED

7. Upper FC Port Status LED

8. Lower FC Port Status LED

The following table describes the extension blade LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

92

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Table 19: Extension Blade LED Descriptions

Power

Status

LED Purpose

GbE port status

FC port status

Color

Steady green

No light (LED is off)

No light (LED is off)

Steady amber

Blinking amber and green.

Green

No light (LED is off)

Steady green linking green

Blinking amber

No light (LED off)

Steady green

Slow-flashing green (on 1 second, then off 1 second)

Fast-flashing green (on 1/4 second, then off 1/4 second)

Flickering green

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Status Recommended Action

The blade is operational.

The blade is not powered on.

No action is required.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated, with ejectors pushed in fully to the center of the blade and ensure that the captive screw for each ejector is fully tightened.

Verify that the power LED is on.

The blade is either healthy or does not have power.

The blade is faulty or initializing. Ensure that the blade is firmly seated and check the status by entering the slotShow command. If LED remains amber, consult the device supplier.

Attention. The blade is not seated correctly or is faulty.

A transceiver or port has an error or is faulty.

Port has no incoming power, or there is no light or signal carrier detected.

Polling is in progress.

Pull the blade out and reseat it. If LED continues to flash, replace the blade.

The blade is operational.

The port has no incoming power or is offline.

No action required.

Verify that the power LED is on, check the transceiver and cable.

Port is online but has no traffic. No action is required.

Port is online, with traffic lowing through the port.

No action is required.

Change the transceiver or reset the switch from the workstation.

Verify that the power LED is on, check the transceiver and cable.

Allow 60 seconds for polling to complete.

Verify the status of the connected device.

No action is required.

The connected device is configured in an offline state.

The port is online (connected to an external device) but has no traffic.

The port is online but segmented, indicating a loopback plug or cable or an incompatible switch.

Port is in internal loopback

(diagnostic).

Port is online, with traffic flowing through the port.

Verify that the correct device is attached to the chassis.

No action is required.

No action is required.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

93

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

LED Purpose Color Status Recommended Action

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds)

Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 second, then off 1/2 second)

Alternating green and amber

Port is receiving light or signal carrier, but it is not online yet.

Reset the port from the workstation using the port

Enable portCfgPersistentEnable command.

or

Port is disabled due to diagnostic tests or to portDisable commands.

or portCfgPersistentEnable

Reset the port from the workstation using the portEnable

or portCfgPersistentEnable commands.

A transceiver or port has an error or is faulty.

The port is bypassed.

Change the transceiver or reset the switch from the workstation.

Reset the port from the workstation using the portEnable portCfgPersistentEnable command.

or

Interpreting Control Processor Blade LEDs

See the following figure and table to interpret the LED patterns on the CPX7 blade. The LED patterns temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

Figure 44: Control Processor Blade (CPX7)

1. Blade Status LED

2. Blade Power LED

3. Chassis Beacon LED

4. Active (Blue) CP LED

5. 10/100/1000Mb/s Ethernet Port (MGMT) Link Status LED

6. 10/100/1000Mb/s Ethernet Port (MGMT) Link Activity LED

7. 10/100/1000Mb/s Ethernet Port (SERVICE) Link Status LED

8. 10/100/1000Mb/s Ethernet Port (SERVICE) Link Activity LED

The following table describes the CP blade LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

94

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Table 20: CP Blade LED Descriptions

Power

Attention

Beacon

LED Purpose

Active CP

Color

Steady green

No light (LED is off)

No light (LED is off)

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds)

Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 second, then off 1/2 second)

Steady white

Steady blue

No light (LED is off)

Status

The CP blade is on.

The CP blade is not on.

Recommended Action

No action is required.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated and has power.

The CP blade is either healthy or does not have power.

If the LED is on for more than 5 seconds, the CP blade is faulty.

The CP blade is not seated correctly or is faulty.

Environmental range has been exceeded.

The LED illuminates white on both CP blades when chassisbeacon 1

is issued

.

from management interface to locate chassis in equipment racks. To turn off beaconing, issue the chassisbeacon 0

The CP blade is active.

GThe CP blade is either booting, negotiating to be active, or is the standby CP blade.

Verify that the power LED is on.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated and the switch has completed booting. If LED remains amber, consult the device supplier.

Pull the blade out and reseat it.

If the LED continues to flash, replace the blade.

Check for out-of-bounds environmental conditions and correct them.

No action is required.

No action is required.

No action is required.

The following tables describes how link activity and 10/100/1000Mb/s link speed are indicated by status and activity LED operation on the MGMT and SERVICE Ethernet ports on the CP blade.

NOTE

To force a persistent Ethernet link speed, enter the ifModeSet command.

Table 21: LED Descriptions for 10/100/1000Mb/s Ethernet Ports: CPX7

LED

Ethernet link status

(10/100/1000Mb/s port)

Ethernet link activity

(10/100/1000Mb/s port)

Inactive link 10Mb/s

No light (LED is off) No light (LED is off)

No light (LED is off) Blinking green

100Mb/s

On (LED is on)

Blinking green

1000Mb/s

On (LED is on)

Blinking green

When an X6-4 Director has been upgraded in the field to a Gen 7 Director, the chassis will have CPX6 control processor blades that were installed for use with that chassis. Occasionally, the LED patterns for the CPX6 blade differ from those found on the CPX7 blade. See the following figure and table to interpret the LED patterns on the CPX7 blade.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

95

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Table 22: LED Descriptions for 10/100/1000Mb/s Ethernet Ports: CPX6+ (Upgraded Chassis)

LED

Ethernet link status

(10/100/1000Mb/s port)

Ethernet link activity

(10/100/1000Mb/s port)

Inactive link 10Mb/s

No light (LED is off) Blinking green

No light (LED is off) No light (LED is off)

100Mb/s

Blinking green

Blinking green

1000Mb/s

No light (LED is off)

Blinking green

NOTE

If an link is inactive, ensure that the blade has power, the Ethernet cable is firmly seated, and the connected device is functioning.

Interpreting Core Routing Blade LEDs

See the following figure and table to interpret the LED patterns on the CR64-4 blade. The LED patterns temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

Figure 45: CR64-4 Core Routing Blade LEDs

1. Blade Power LED

2. Blade Status LED

3. QSFP Status LED for Right QSFP Port

4. QSFP Status LED for Left QSFP Port

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

96

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Table 23: Core Routing Blade LED Descriptions

Power

Status

LED Purpose

QSFP port status LED

Color

Steady green

No light (LED is off)

No light (LED is off)

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds)

Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 second, then off 1/2 second)

No light (LED is off)

Steady amber

Blinking amber

Steady green

Status

The blade is on.

The blade is not on.

Recommended Action

No action is required.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated and has power.

The blade is either healthy or does not have power.

The blade is faulty or the switch is still booting.

The blade is not seated correctly or is faulty.

Environmental range has been exceeded.

No QSFP module is seated; all four QSFP ports are disabled.

The QSFP module is in; all four ports have no signal/no sync.

The port is disabled or faulted,

FC link activity, segmented, loopback mode, also during the transition between cable plugin and all four ports online.

The QSFP module is in and all ports are online.

Verify that the power LED is on.

Ensure that the blade is firmly seated and the switch has completed booting. If the LED remains amber, consult the supplier for your Brocade device.

Pull the blade out and reseat it.

If the LED continues to flash, replace the blade.

Check for out-of-bounds environmental conditions and correct them.

No action is needed if the QSFP is not installed; otherwise, verify that the QSFP is fully inserted.

Ensure that the cable is properly connected. If the LED remains amber, consult the supplier for your Brocade device.

Check for console messages or wait for all four ports to come online.

No action is needed.

Interpreting WWN Card LEDs

See the following figure and table to interpret the LED patterns of installed WWN cards. LEDs for WWN card 1 and WWN card 2 are located on the WWN card (logo) bezel between the power supplies on the nonport side of the device. The LED patterns may temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

97

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 46: WWN Card LEDs on Bezel

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Power LED for WWN Card 1

2. Status LED for WWN Card 1

3. Power LED for WWN Card 2

4. Status LED for WWN Card 2

Table 24: WWN Card LED Descriptions

Power

LED Purpose Color

No light (LED is off)

Status

Steady green

No light (LED is off)

Status Recommended Action

The card is not receiving power. Ensure that device power supplies are firmly seated, power cables are connected, and cables are connected to a power source.

The card is receiving power.

The card is either healthy or does not have power.

The card is faulty.

No action required.

No action required.

Replace card.

Steady amber

Interpreting Power Supply LEDs

See the following information to interpret the LED patterns on the power supply. The LED patterns may temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests. The Brocade X7-4 Director has two power supplies.

Figure 47: AC Power Supply LED

1. Power Status LED

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

98

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 48: HVAC/HVDC Power Supply LED

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Power Status LED

The following tables describe the power supply LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns. In the unlikely event of a faulty power supply, the status LED will flash in a coded pattern to provide additional fault information.

Record the sequence of flashes and status as defined in the table to provide to your support representative along with supportsave output data.

Table 25: AC Power Supply LED Descriptions

LED Purpose

Power status

Color Status Recommended Action

No light (LED is off)

Flashing on two times, and then off 5 seconds.

The power supply does not have incoming power and is not providing power to the device.

When incoming power is first removed, LED flashes, and then turns off.

Ensure that the power supply is firmly seated, the power cable is connected, and the power cable is connected to the power source. Disconnect the power cable from the power supply, remove and reinsert the power supply, and then reconnect the power cable to restart. If the status persists, replace the power supply assembly

No action is required.

Steady green

Flashing on one-half second and then off a one-half second.

The power supply has incoming power and is providing power to the device.

AC power is disconnected from the power supply assembly, but an additional power supply installed in the device is powered on.

48V is out of range.

Check the power connection at the power supply, cable, and AC power source. If these check out, disconnect the power cable from the power supply, remove and reinsert the power supply, and then reconnect the power cable to restart. If the status persists, replace the power supply assembly.

Disconnect the power cable from the power supply, remove and reinsert the power supply, and then reconnect the power cable to restart. If the status persists, replace the power supply assembly.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

99

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

LED Purpose

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Color

Flashing on three times, and then off 5 seconds.

Flashing on four times, and then off 5 seconds.

Flashing on five times, and then off 5 seconds.

Flashing on six times, and then off 5 seconds.

Flashing on seven times, and then off 5 seconds.

Status Recommended Action

12V is out of range.

Disconnect the power cable from the power supply, remove and reinsert the power supply, and then reconnect the power cable to restart. If the status persists, replace the power supply assembly.

AC input is under voltage.

Verify voltage in the power distribution unit

(PDU) or system providing power to the power supply assembly. Check the cabling and voltage between the PDU and the switch. Correct the voltage as necessary. If the correct voltage is verified, replace the power supply assembly.

Replace the power supply.

The power supply assembly fan is faulty.

Over-temperature protection is enabled.

Check for blocked airflow or high ambient temperature at the power supply. If the status persists, replace the power supply.

The power supply is disabled.

Disconnect the power cable from the power supply, remove and reinsert the power supply, and then reconnect the power cable to restart. If the status persists, replace the power supply assembly.

Table 26: HVAC/HVDC Power Supply LED Descriptions

LED Purpose

Power status

Color

No light (LED is off)

Steady green

Flashing on one-half second and then off a one-half second.

Status

The power supply does not have incoming power and is not providing power to the device.

When incoming power is first removed, LED flashes, and then turns off.

Recommended Action

Ensure that the power supply is firmly seated, the power cable is connected, and the power cable is connected to a power source. Disconnect the power cable from the power supply, remove and reinsert the power supply, and then reconnect the power cable to restart. If the status persists, replace the power supply assembly.

No action is required.

The power supply has incoming power and is providing power to the device.

Source power is disconnected from the power supply assembly, but the additional power supply installed in the device is powered on.

Check power connection at power supply, cable, and power source. If these check out, disconnect the power cable from the power supply, remove and reinsert the power supply, and then reconnect the power cable to restart. If status persists, replace the power supply assembly.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

100

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

If the airflow direction for a power supply assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction as stored on

WWN cards, the power supply will have a "fault" status. However, the LED operation for the power supply will not indicate a fault.

Interpreting Fan Assembly LEDs

See the following figure and table to interpret the LED patterns on fan assemblies. The LED patterns may temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests. The X7-4 Director has two fan assemblies.

Figure 49: Fan Assembly LEDs

1. Power LED

2. Status LED

Table 27: Fan Assembly LED Descriptions

Power

Status

LED Purpose Color

No light (LED is off)

Steady green

No light (LED is off)

Steady amber

Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds)

Flashing amber (on ½ second, then off 3.5 seconds)

Fast-flashing amber (on ½ second, then off ½ second)

Status Recommended Action

The fan assembly does not have power.

The fan assembly has power.

Ensure that the fan assembly is firmly seated and has power.

No action is required.

The fan assembly is either healthy or does not have power.

The fan assembly is being initialized or has a failure (full or partial).

The fan assembly is not seated correctly or is faulty.

The fan is disabled.

Environmental range has been exceeded.

Ensure that the fan assembly has power.

Wait to see if the fan fully initializes. If the LED remains amber, replace the fan assembly.

Pull the unit out and reseat it.

If the LED continues to flash, replace the unit.

Run the fanEnable to enable the fan.

command

Check for out-of-bounds environmental condition, resolve any problems, and reseat the unit. If the LED continues to flash, replace the unit.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

101

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

CAUTION

If fan assembly LED operation indicates a fault or no power, verify that fan is fully seated in the chassis and that captive screws securing fan in the chassis are fully tightened. If screws are loose, pressure from fans may unseat the fan from chassis connectors.

Interpreting POST and Boot Results

The device performs a power-on self-test (POST) by default each time the device is powered on, rebooted, or reset. The device can be rebooted using the reboot command to reboot each CP individually) or the fastBoot command. The fastBoot command reboots the switches without running POST. If the active CP blade is rebooted, it fails over to the standby CP blade.

POST

The device automatically performs POST each time it is powered on or reset.

To verify that POST has completed without error, do the following tasks:

Verify that all LEDs return to a normal state after POST completes.

If one or more LEDs do not return to a normal state, and this is not due to the device being set to beacon, refer to the relevant LED table to identify and correct the problem. For port blades, and CP and core switch blades, the slotShow command can be used to check the status of the slots. For information about turning beaconing on or off, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

.

Verify that the switch prompt displays when POST completes.

If it does not display, POST was not successfully completed. Contact the device supplier for support.

Review the system error log using the errShow or errDump commands.

Any errors detected during POST are written to the system log, which is accessible through the errShow command.

For information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual Manual

.

POST includes the following steps:

1. Preliminary POST diagnostics are run.

2. The operating system is initialized.

3. Hardware is initialized.

4. Diagnostic tests are run on several functions, including circuitry, port functionality, ability to send and receive frames, all aspects of memory, parity, statistics counters, and serialization.

Boot

Gen 7 platforms implement Secure Boot. This feature enforces validation of the digital signature of the signed Boot Code image in Boot Flash. It uses a pre-programmed public key HASH inside the CPU-internal-fuses to ensure authenticity and integrity of the code prior to proceeding with the boot sequence.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

102

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

In addition to POST, boot includes the following steps after POST is complete:

1. The digital signature of the signed image in Boot Flash flash code is validated against a pre-programmed public key in the CPU to ensure integrity of the code prior to proceeding with the boot sequence.

2. Universal port configuration is performed.

3. Links are initialized.

4. The fabric is analyzed. If any ports are connected to other switches, the device participates in a fabric configuration.

5. The device obtains a domain ID and assigns port addresses.

6. Unicast routing tables are constructed.

7. Normal port operation is enabled.

Optical Transceiver Requirements

Optics are authenticated as genuine Brocade products during system boot or installation into a port. The user of specific optics for Gen 7 Brocade switches and blades is required to ensure optimal performance and reliability.

Using Monitoring Commands

This section provides example output and an explanation for commands referenced in this guide for monitoring and verifying operation of the director and various components, such as blades, power supply assemblies, and fan assemblies.

Output for the following commands is provided:

• chassisShow

• errDump

• fanShow

• haShow

HistoryShow

• psShow

• sensorShow

• sfpShow

SupportSave

• switchShow

• tempShow

For more detail on using these commands, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

. For more information on error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

chassisShow

The chassisShow command can be especially helpful in monitoring the health of the device. This command provides information on installed blade, fan assembly, and power supply assembly FRUs. In addition, customer-supplied information can also be viewed, if included, for each FRU type. Four measurements to note are:

Power Consume Factor—Maximum power allocated for a given FRU. Except for power supply assemblies, all power is shown as a negative number.

Power Usage—If shown, this reflects real-time power usage for the FRU.

Time Awake—Time that the system as been powered on since the last reboot.

Time Alive—Reflects the total power-on time for the FRU (when available).

The following examples show output from this command.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

103

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Replace with image for X7

NOTE

The output has been truncated to reduce duplicate information.

chassisX6-4:admin> chassisshow

Chassis Family: X6-4

Chassis Backplane Revision: 0

SW BLADE Slot: 3

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -245W

Power Usage: -152W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003325-01

Factory Serial Num: DYJ0339L029

Manufacture: Day: 6 Month: 11 Year: 2015

Update: Day: 15 Month: 2 Year: 2016

Time Alive: 26 days

Time Awake: 0 days

ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 4

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -245W

Power Usage: -157W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003325-01

Factory Serial Num: DYJ0339L014

Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 2015

Update: Day: 15 Month: 3 Year: 2016

Time Alive: 80 days

Time Awake: 0 days

ID:

CP BLADE Slot: 1

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -50W

Power Usage: -47W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003201-09

Factory Serial Num: DYK0338L008

Manufacture: Day: 7 Month: 10 Year: 2015

Update: Day: 23 Month: 3 Year: 2016

Time Alive: 84 days

Time Awake: 0 days

ID:

CP BLADE Slot: 2

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -50W

Power Usage: -41W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003201-09

Factory Serial Num: DYK0338L00E

Manufacture: Day: 7 Month: 10 Year: 2015

Update: Day: 23 Month: 3 Year: 2016

Time Alive: 87 days

Broadcom

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

X7-4-Install-IG100

104

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Time Awake: 0 days

ID:

CORE BLADE Slot: 5

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -450W

Power Usage: -264W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003199-08

Factory Serial Num: DYH0344L005

Manufacture: Day: 17 Month: 11 Year: 2015

Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0

Time Alive: 0 days

Time Awake: 0 days

ID:

CORE BLADE Slot: 6

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -450W

Power Usage: -289W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003199-08

Factory Serial Num: DYH0344L003

Manufacture: Day: 7 Month: 11 Year: 2015

Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0

Time Alive: 0 days

Time Awake: 0 days

ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 7

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -420W

Power Usage: -264W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003373-01

Factory Serial Num: EAL0339L009

Manufacture: Day: 24 Month: 10 Year: 2015

Update: Day: 12 Month: 3 Year: 2016

Time Alive: 66 days

Time Awake: 0 days

ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 8

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -420W

Power Usage: -264W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003373-01

Factory Serial Num: EAL0339L009

Manufacture: Day: 24 Month: 10 Year: 2015

Update: Day: 12 Month: 3 Year: 2016

Time Alive: 66 days

Time Awake: 0 days

ID:

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1

Power Source: AC

Broadcom

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

X7-4-Install-IG100

105

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: 2870w

Factory Part Num: 23-0000161-01

Factory Serial Num: DUC2M32L06L

Manufacture: Day: 10 Month: 8 Year: 2015

Update: Day: 16 Month: 2 Year: 2016

Time Alive: 88 days

Time Awake: 3 days

ID:

FAN Unit: 1

Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -300w

Factory Part Num: 60-1003203-03

Factory Serial Num: DYL0329L05J

Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15

Update: Day: 16 Month: 2 Year: 2016

Time Alive: 88 days

Time Awake: 3 days

ID:

FAN Unit: 2

Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -300w

Factory Part Num: 60-1003203-03

Factory Serial Num: DYL0329L05M

Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15

Update: Day: 16 Month: 2 Year: 2016

Time Alive: 88 days

Time Awake: 3 days

ID:

WWN Unit: 1

System AirFlow: Non-portside Intake

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -1W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003194-02

Factory Serial Num: DZH0331L039

Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15

Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0

Time Alive: 24 days

Time Awake: 0 days

ID: ***(@*%)(*

Part Num: ***(@*%)(*@#%(@*%)@*

Serial Num: ***(@*%)(*@#%(@*%)@*

Revision Num: ***(

WWN Unit: 2

System AirFlow: Non-portside Intake

Header Version: 2

Broadcom

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

X7-4-Install-IG100

106

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Power Consume Factor: -1W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003194-02

Factory Serial Num: DZH0331L032

Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15

Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0

Time Alive: 24 days

Time Awake: 0 days

ID: ***(@*%)(*

Part Num: ***(@*%)(*@#%(@*%)@*

Serial Num: ***(@*%)(*@#%(@*%)@*

Revision Num: ***(

Chassis Factory Serial Num: DZB1339A006

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

errDump and errShow

Use the errShow command to display device error log messages one at a time. Use the errDump command to display error log messages without any page breaks. The output of these commands are unique for each Control Processor (CP), so must be executed on each CP blade to obtain a complete record.

The following partial example shows the output of the errDump command.

chassisX7:admin> errdump

2016/03/28-08:44:28,[FV-1001], 90, SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Switch,Flow Vision daemon initialized.

2016/03/28-08:44:51,[FSSM-1002],91,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,HA State is in sync.

2016/03/28-08:44:51,[SULB-1003],92,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,Firmwarecommit has started.

2016/03/28-08:48:27,[SULB-1004],93,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,Firmwarecommit has completed.

2016/03/28-08:48:27,[SULB-1036],94,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,The new Version: Fabric OS v8.0.1_bld52.

2016/03/28-08:48:27,[SULB-1002],95,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,Firmwaredownload command has completed

successfully.

2016/03/28-08:50:51,[IPAD-1003],96,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,DNS parameters saved successfully.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Note the following about this output:

The output can contain several thousand lines. Use the errClear command to reset the output when needed. This command clears all error log messages for all director instances on the CP where the command is issued.

My_Switch

corresponds to what is entered for switchname and is a switch or logical switch event.

My_Chassis

corresponds to what is entered for chassisname and is a chassis event.

fanShow

Use the fanShow command to display the current status and speed of each installed fan. The following example displays output from this command.

chassisX7-4:admin> fanshow

Fan 1 is Ok, speed is 6993 RPM

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

107

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Fan 2 is Ok, speed is 6993 RPM

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

haShow

Use the haShow command to display the control processor (CP) status. The display includes the following information:

Local CP state (slot number and CP ID), warm or cold, recovering or recovered.

Remote CP state (slot number and CP ID).

High Availability (enabled or disabled).

Heartbeat (up or down).

Health of standby CP.

HA synchronization status.

The following is an example of haShow output: chassisX7:admin> hashow

Local CP (Slot 1, CP0): Active, Warm Recovered

Remote CP (Slot 2, CP1): Standby, Healthy

HA enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State synchronized

Note the following about this output:

A warm recovery typically does not disrupt traffic flow.

A cold recovery is usually a result of a reboot of the active CP, which disrupts traffic.

A lack of HA synchronization can be related to a firmware download in progress or that the device is recovering from a reboot or power-cycle.

historyShow

Use the historyShow command to display the entire history log, which includes insertion and removal events for fieldreplaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards.

The following is an example of historyShow output: chassisX7-4:admin> historyshow

CORE BLADE Slot 5 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:02 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003324-01

Factory Serial Number: DZD0331L004

POWER SUPPLY Unit 1 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:26 2016

Factory Part Number: 23-0000162-01

Factory Serial Number: DUD2M36L04N

POWER SUPPLY Unit 2 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:26 2016

Factory Part Number: 23-0000162-01

Factory Serial Number: DUD2M08M08G

CORE BLADE Slot 6 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:26 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003324-01

Factory Serial Number: DZD0331L016

FAN Unit 1 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:27 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003203-03

Factory Serial Number: DYL0329L05R

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

108

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

FAN Unit 2 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:27 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003203-03

Factory Serial Number: DYL0329L01Z

SW BLADE Slot 3 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:27 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003200-07

Factory Serial Number: DYJ0332L00H

WWN Unit 1 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:27 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003194-02

Factory Serial Number: DZH0331L00E

WWN Unit 2 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:28 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003194-02

Factory Serial Number: DZH0331L01C

SW BLADE Slot 4 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:28 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003336-01

Factory Serial Number: EAL0338L00R

SW BLADE Slot 7 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:29 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003200-07

Factory Serial Number: DYJ0332L02G

SW BLADE Slot 8 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:29 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003200-07

Factory Serial Number: DYJ0332L03G

CP BLADE Slot 1 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:30 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003201-09

Factory Serial Number: DYK0331L007

CP BLADE Slot 2 Inserted at Fri Jun 17 12:05:31 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003201-09

Factory Serial Number: DYK0331L00N

psShow

Use the psShow command to display the current status of installed power supplies. The following is an example of psShow output:

Gen7-4:FID128:root> psshow

Power Supply #1 is OK Temperature is 29.00 C

V10L32, DUC2M32L06C ,23-0000161-01,30,DELTA,ECD16020042 ,S4,DUC2M32L

Power Supply #2 is OK Temperature is 29.00 C

V10N46, DUC2M46N9Y5 ,23-0000161-03, A,DELTA,ECD16020042 ,02,DUC2M46N

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

109

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

sensorShow

Use the sensorShow command to display the current temperature, fan, and power supply status, and readings from sensors located on the device. The sensorShow command output is similar to tempShow except that fan and power supply sensor information is also included. Temperatures are in Celsius only.

The following is an example of sensorShow output.

chassisX7-4:admin> sensorshow sensor 1: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 29 C sensor 2: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 47 C sensor 3: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 43 C sensor 4: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 34 C sensor 5: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 53 C sensor 6: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 36 C sensor 7: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 39 C sensor 8: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 33 C sensor 9: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 41 C sensor 10: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 43 C sensor 11: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 44 C sensor 12: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 41 C sensor 13: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 45 C sensor 14: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 31 C sensor 15: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 45 C sensor 16: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 48 C sensor 17: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 31 C sensor 18: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 45 C sensor 19: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 45 C sensor 20: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 29 C sensor 21: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 44 C sensor 22: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 43 C sensor 23: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 30 C sensor 24: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 45 C sensor 25: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 42 C sensor 26: (Fan ) is Ok,speed is 6984 RPM sensor 27: (Fan ) is Ok,speed is 6984 RPM sensor 28: (Power Supply) is Ok sensor 29: (Power Supply) is Ok

sfpShow

Use the sfpShow command without operands to display a summary of all installed SFPs. For each port, the command displays the SFP type and, for a serial ID SFP, the vendor name and SFP, serial number, and speed capability (in Gb/s).

Use this command with a port number to display detailed information about the serial ID SFP in the specified port.

The following is example of sfpShow output: chassisX7-4:admin> sfpshow

Slot 3/Port 0: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: JAF3154200000VJ Speed: 8,16,32_Gbps

Slot 3/Port 1: --

Slot 3/Port 2: --

Slot 3/Port 3: --

Slot 3/Port 4: --

Slot 3/Port 5: --

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

110

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Slot 3/Port 6: --

Slot 3/Port 7: --

Slot 3/Port 8: --

Slot 3/Port 9: --

Slot 3/Port 10: --

Slot 3/Port 11: --

Slot 3/Port 12: --

Slot 3/Port 13: --

Slot 3/Port 14: --

Slot 3/Port 15: --

Slot 3/Port 16: --

Slot 3/Port 17: --

Slot 3/Port 18: --

Slot 3/Port 19: --

Slot 3/Port 20: --

Slot 3/Port 21: --

Slot 3/Port 22: --

Slot 3/Port 23: --

Slot 3/Port 24: --

Slot 3/Port 25: --

Slot 3/Port 26: --

Slot 3/Port 27: --

Slot 3/Port 28: --

Slot 3/Port 29: --

Slot 3/Port 30: --

Slot 3/Port 31: --

Slot 3/Port 32: --

Slot 3/Port 33: --

Slot 3/Port 34: --

Slot 3/Port 35: --

Slot 3/Port 36: --

Slot 3/Port 37: --

Slot 3/Port 38: --

Slot 3/Port 39: --

Slot 3/Port 40: --

Slot 3/Port 41: --

Slot 3/Port 42: --

Slot 3/Port 43: --

Slot 3/Port 44: --

Slot 3/Port 45: --

Slot 3/Port 46: --

Slot 3/Port 47: --

Slot 4/Port 0: --

Slot 4/Port 1: --

Slot 4/Port 2: --

Slot 4/Port 3: --

Slot 4/Port 4: --

Slot 4/Port 5: --

Slot 4/Port 6: --

Slot 4/Port 7: --

Slot 4/Port 8: --

Slot 4/Port 9: --

Slot 4/Port 10: --

Broadcom

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

X7-4-Install-IG100

111

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Slot 4/Port 11: --

Slot 4/Port 12: --

Slot 4/Port 13: --

Slot 4/Port 14: --

Slot 4/Port 15: --

Slot 7/Port 0: --

Slot 7/Port 1: --

Slot 7/Port 2: --

Slot 7/Port 3: --

Slot 7/Port 4: --

Slot 7/Port 5: --

Slot 7/Port 6: --

Slot 7/Port 7: --

Slot 7/Port 8: --

Slot 7/Port 9: --

Slot 7/Port 10: --

Slot 7/Port 11: --

Slot 7/Port 12: --

Slot 7/Port 13: --

Slot 7/Port 14: --

Slot 7/Port 15: --

Slot 7/Port 16: --

Slot 7/Port 17: --

Slot 7/Port 18: --

Slot 7/Port 19: --

Slot 7/Port 20: --

Slot 7/Port 21: --

Slot 7/Port 22: --

Slot 7/Port 23: --

Slot 7/Port 24: --

Slot 7/Port 25: --

Slot 7/Port 26: --

Slot 7/Port 27: --

Slot 7/Port 28: --

Slot 7/Port 29: --

Slot 7/Port 30: --

Slot 7/Port 31: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: JAF3154200000K8 Speed: 8,16,32_Gbps

Slot 7/Port 32: --

Slot 7/Port 33: --

Slot 7/Port 34: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: JAF3154200000K3 Speed: 8,16,32_Gbps

Slot 7/Port 35: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: JAF315410000NN4 Speed: 8,16,32_Gbps

Slot 7/Port 36: --

Slot 7/Port 37: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: HAF314410000596 Speed: 4,8,16_Gbps

Slot 7/Port 38: --

Slot 7/Port 39: --

Slot 7/Port 40: --

Slot 7/Port 41: --

Slot 7/Port 42: --

Slot 7/Port 43: --

Slot 7/Port 44: --

Slot 7/Port 45: --

Slot 7/Port 46: --

Slot 7/Port 47: --

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

112

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Slot 8/Port 0: --

Slot 8/Port 1: --

Slot 8/Port 2: --

Slot 8/Port 3: --

Slot 8/Port 4: --

Slot 8/Port 5: --

Slot 8/Port 6: --

Slot 8/Port 7: --

Slot 8/Port 8: --

Slot 8/Port 9: --

Slot 8/Port 10: --

Slot 8/Port 11: --

Slot 8/Port 12: --

Slot 8/Port 13: --

Slot 8/Port 14: --

Slot 8/Port 15: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: JAF315420000188 Speed: 8,16,32_Gbps

Slot 8/Port 16: --

Slot 8/Port 17: --

Slot 8/Port 18: --

Slot 8/Port 19: --

Slot 8/Port 20: --

Slot 8/Port 21: --

Slot 8/Port 22: --

GE: Slot 4/Port 17: --

slotShow

Use the slotShow command to display the current status of each blade in the system. Depending on the option used, the command retrieves information on blade type, blade ID, status, Brocade model name, and power usage for each slot in the switch or chassis. Use the -m operand to display the blade model name and status.

Following is an example of slotShow output.

NOTE

The most common status is shown. A status of Faulty (51) would display for a POST failure during power-on or a blade hot-plug.

Core-X7-8:admin> slotshow -m

Slot Blade Type ID Model Name Status

--------------------------------------------------

1 CP BLADE 220 CPX7 ENABLED

2 CP BLADE 220 CPX7 ENABLED

3 AP BLADE 186 SX6 ENABLED

4 AP BLADE 186 SX6 ENABLED

5 SW BLADE 218 FC32-G7-48 ENABLED

6 SW BLADE 216 FC64-48 ENABLED

7 CORE BLADE 215 CR64-8 ENABLED

8 CORE BLADE 215 CR64-8 ENABLED

9 AP BLADE 186 SX6 ENABLED

10 SW BLADE 204 FC32-64 ENABLED

11 SW BLADE 204 FC32-64 ENABLED

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

113

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

12 AP BLADE 186 SX6 ENABLED

Upgraded-X6-8:admin> slotshow -m

Slot Blade Type ID Model Name Status

--------------------------------------------------

1 CP BLADE 175 CPX6 ENABLED

2 CP BLADE 175 CPX6 ENABLED

3 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED

4 SW BLADE 216 FC64-48 ENABLED

5 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED

6 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED

7 CORE BLADE 215 CR64-8 ENABLED

8 CORE BLADE 215 CR64-8 ENABLED

9 SW BLADE 204 FC32-64 ENABLED

10 SW BLADE 204 FC32-64 ENABLED

11 SW BLADE 216 FC64-48 ENABLED

12 SW BLADE 216 FC64-48 ENABLED

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

switchShow

The switchShow command can be especially helpful in monitoring the health of the device. This command displays status, identification, and configuration information on the chassis and installed blades and ports. The following example shows output from this command.

NOTE

The following switchShow output has been truncated to reduce duplicate information.

supportSave

Use the supportSave command to collect RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, core file, FFDC data, and other support information to a remote FTP location. On platforms that support a USB, the information can also be stored on an attached

USB device. SupportShow information is available on active and standby CPs.

The following is an example of supportSave output. This output assumes that the supportFtp command was used to set up FTP parameters (always recommended). In the following examples, the -c operand allows use of the FTP, SCP, or

SFTP parameters set by supportFtp . The -n operand turns off confirmation prompting.

chassisX7-4:admin> supportsave -n -c

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:RAS...

..........................................................................

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:FTRACE_START...

....

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_SYS...

...............................................

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_ISWITCH...

....................................

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

114

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:FABRIC...

...............

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:DIAG...

..............

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:RTE...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:IF_TREE...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:ISCSID_DBG...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:AGDUMP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:AGWWNS...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:AGWWN_CFG...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:VPWWN_CFG...

.....

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_PLOG...

..

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_OS...

.........................................

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_EX...

..

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_FABRIC...

...........................................

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_SERVICE...

..........

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_SEC...

..................

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_NET...

......................

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_FICON...

.............

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_ASICDB...

..........................................................................

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_AG...

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_CRYP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_FCIP...

..........................................................................

slot 4-dp1 support file transfer done.

.................

slot 4-dp0 support file transfer done.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

115

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

..........................................................................

.

.

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_PORT...

.

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_DCEHSL...

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:SSHOW_FLOW...

...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:CEEDEBUG...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:CEETECHSUPPORT...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:FCOESUPPORT...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:C2REGDUMP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:C1REGDUMP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:PBREGDUMP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:BLSREGDUMP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:AVREGDUMP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:C3REGDUMP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:C4REGDUMP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:BCM_STATS...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:CRYP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:FCIP...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:FCIP_DPLOGS...

...............

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:VFABRIC...

.....

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:MAPS...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:ENC_LOGGER...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:AN_DEBUG...

...................

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:AMS_MAPS_LOG...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:FLOW_VISION_LOG...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:MP_LOG...

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:DM_FTR_FFDC...

........................

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:CORE_FFDC...

No core or FFDC data files found!

Saving support information for switch:ras010, module:RAS_POST...

.............

SupportSave completed.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

116

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

tempShow

Use the tempShow command to display temperature readings of blade temperature sensors. The command displays the following information:

Sensor ID (an index number)

Slot number

Sensor index (when command issued with the --detail option)

Sensor state (OK or absent)

Temperature in both Centigrade and Fahrenheit

The following is an example of tempShow output: chassisX7-4:admin> tempshow

Sensor Slot Sensor State Centigrade Fahrenheit

ID Index

===================================================================

1 3 0 Ok 29 84

2 3 1 Ok 47 116

3 3 2 Ok 43 109

4 4 0 Ok 34 93

5 4 1 Ok 53 127

6 1 0 Ok 36 96

7 1 1 Ok 39 102

8 1 2 Ok 33 91

9 1 3 Ok 41 105

10 2 0 Ok 43 109

11 2 1 Ok 44 111

12 2 2 Ok 41 105

13 2 3 Ok 45 113

14 5 0 Ok 31 87

15 5 1 Ok 45 113

16 5 2 Ok 48 118

17 6 0 Ok 31 87

18 6 1 Ok 45 113

19 6 2 Ok 45 113

20 7 0 Ok 29 84

21 7 1 Ok 44 111

22 7 2 Ok 43 109

23 8 0 Ok 30 86

24 8 1 Ok 45 113

25 8 2 Ok 43 109

Note the following facts about this output:

The absent state simply reflects that the blade slot is empty.

The sensor index is mainly for support use.

Multiple sensors are commonly averaged to determine thresholds used for managing fan speeds or for determining a high temperature condition that may require that the blade be shut off.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

117

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Running Diagnostic Tests

Diagnostic tests are automatically run during POST to check the status of the device. Any error messages generated during POST are sent to the error logs and to the serial console if the console is connected.

Diagnostic tests can also be run manually to test and troubleshoot the hardware and the firmware, including internal connections and circuitry, transceivers, and port cables. However, diagnostic tests are generally intended for use by support personnel.

NOTE

Error messages do not necessarily indicate that the device requires maintenance.

Each diagnostic test can be implemented by entering the related command through a telnet or serial session. For a list of diagnostic tests and commands, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

.

All diagnostic tests are run at all supported link speeds. They might temporarily lock the transmit and receive speeds to a specific speed. Some diagnostic tests require interconnecting the ports to each other or using loopback plugs. If ports are interconnected, the media (cables and transceivers) at each end of the connection must be of the same type. For example, short-wavelength media must be connected to short-wavelength media, and likewise, long-wavelength media must be connected to long-wavelength media and copper media must be connected to copper media.

For more information about diagnostic tests and how to run them, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

. For information about system error messages ( errShow or errDump) , refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Guide

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

118

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Port and Extension Blades

FC32-X7-48 Port Blade Overview

The FC32-X7-48 port blade has 48 front end 32Gb/s FC SFP+ ports with an edge switch interconnect to the core blades.

All FC blade features are supported. Supported SFPs include 32Gb/s, 16Gb/s, and 10Gb/s FC.

Each FC32-X7-48 blade supports up to 48 Fibre Channel ports that provide 32Gb/s, 16Gb/s, 8Gb/s, and 4Gb/s.

Each port blade provides 48 backplane port connections to core routing blades. The port blade supports port-based inflight encryption/decryption and compression/decompression.

Port and extension blades can be mixed in device slots 3, 4, 7, and 8, but CR64-4 blades must be installed in slots 5 and

6. Up to four hot-swappable port blades can be installed in a single chassis to provide up to 192 32Gb/s FC ports.

Optics such as the following can be installed in the blade's FC ports. For a complete list of transceivers, see

Supported

Transceivers and Cables

.

32Gb/s SFP+ transceivers supporting speeds 32Gb/s, 16Gb/s, and 8Gb/s.

16Gb/s SFP+ transceivers supporting speeds 16Gb/s, 8Gb/s, and 4Gb/s.

10Gb/s SFP+ transceivers supporting 10Gb/s.

Port blades contain the following LED indicators:

Green blade power LED

Amber blade status LED

Bicolor green/amber FC port status LEDs

For details on interpreting LED operation, see

Interpreting FC32-X7-48 Port Blades .

FC32-X7-48 Port Blade Numbering and Trunking

The following figure shows how ports are numbered on the blade:

1. FC Ports 0–23 (numbered bottom to top)

2. FC Ports 24–47 (numbered bottom to top)

Figure 50: FC32-X7-48 Blade Port Numbering

1. FC ports 0-23 (numbered right to left)

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

119

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

2. FC ports 24-47 (numbered right to left)

See

Supported Transceivers and Cables

for a list of qualified transceivers for blade ports.

The following table defines the eight-port Fibre Channel port groups for configuring trunk groups or "trunks." On the blade, ports belonging to the same port group are indicated with the same color border beneath the port on the blade label. Ports belonging to the same ASIC are indicated by a border with a similar color tone.

Table 28: Port Groups for Configuring Trunks

Port Number

0–7

8–15

16–23

24–31

32–39

40–47

3

4

5

0

1

2

Port Group

The following list shows the requirements for forming trunk groups:

All ports in a trunk group must belong to the same port group. For example, to form an 8-port trunk select all eight ports from port group 0 or port group 1. You cannot use ports from each port group for the trunk.

You can use from 1 to 8 ports in a port group to form a trunk.

All ports in a trunk must be running at the same speed.

All ports in a trunk must be configured for the same distance.

All ports in a trunk must have the same encryption, compression, QoS, and FEC settings.

Trunk groups must be created between Brocade switches (or Brocade adapters in the case of F_Port trunking).

Brocade trunking is proprietary and is not supported on M-EOS or third-party switches.

There must be a direct connection between participating switches.

FC64-48 Port Blade Overview

The FC64-48 port blade provides 48 front end 64Gb/s FC SFP+ ports with the edge switch interconnected to the core blades. Supported SFPs include 64, 32, and 10Gb/s FC.

Each port blade provides 48 backplane ports connections to core routing blades. The port blade supports port-based inflight encryption/decryption and compression/decompression.

Port and extension blades can be mixed in device slots 3, 4, 7, and 8, but CR64-4 blades must be installed in slots 5 and

6. Up to four hot-swappable port blades can be installed in a single chassis to provide up to 192 32Gb/s FC ports.

Optics, such as the following, can be installed in the blade's FC ports. For a complete list of transceivers, see Supported

Transceivers and Cables

.

64Gb/s SFP+ transceivers supporting speeds 64Gb/s, 32Gb/s, and 16Gb/s.

32Gb/s SFP+ transceivers supporting speeds of 32Gb/s, 16Gb/s, and 8Gb/s.

10Gb/s SFP+ transceivers supporting 10Gb/s.

Port blades contain the following LED indicators:

Green blade power LED

Amber blade status LED

Bicolor green/amber FC port status LEDs

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

120

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

For details on interpreting LED operation, see

Interpreting FC64-48 Port Blade LEDs .

FC64-48 Port Blade Numbering and Trunking

The following figure shows how ports are numbered on the blade.

Figure 51: FC64-48 Blade Port Numbering

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. FC ports 0-23 (numbered right to left)

2. FC ports 24-47 (numbered right to left)

See

Supported Transceivers and Cables

for a list of qualified transceivers for blade ports.

The following table defines the eight-port Fibre Channel port groups for configuring trunk groups or "trunks." On the blade, ports belonging to the same port group are indicated with the same color border beneath the port on the blade label. Ports belonging to the same ASIC are indicated by a border with a similar color tone.

Table 29: Port Groups for Configuring Trunks

Port Number

0–7

8–15

16–23

24–31

32–39

40–47

2

3

0

1

4

5

Port Group

Following are the requirements for forming trunk groups:

All ports in a trunk group must belong to the same port group. For example, to form an 8-port trunk select all eight ports from port group 0 or port group 1. You cannot use ports from each port group for the trunk.

You can use from 1 to 8 ports in a port group to form a trunk.

All ports in a trunk must be running at the same speed.

All ports in a trunk must be configured for the same distance.

All ports in a trunk must have the same encryption, compression, QoS, and FEC settings.

Trunk groups must be created between Brocade switches (or Brocade adapters in the case of F_Port trunking).

Brocade trunking is proprietary and is not supported on M-EOS or third-party switches.

There must be a direct connection between participating switches.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

121

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

FC32-64 Port Blade Overview

The FC32-64 port blade contains 16 QSFP28 ports. Each QSFP optics supports four ports for connecting FC devices.

With a breakout cable connected to the QSFP transceiver, connections are provided for up to four devices.

Breakout capability allows four SFP+ front ports on qualified Fibre Channel and Ethernet QSFP transceivers to operate at multiple speeds. For example, SFP+ front ports on an FC 4x32Gb/s SWL QSFP+ transceiver each operate at 32Gb/ s or four SFP+ front ports on a 40GbE QSFP+ transceiver can each operate at 10GbE. By default Ethernet ports operate in non-breakout mode, so you must enable breakout mode for ports containing Ethernet transceivers using the portcfgbreakout --enable command.

Connection speeds depend on the QSFP transceiver installed. For example, a 4x32Gb/s QSFP+ transceiver would provide four 32/16Gb/s connections and a 4x16Gb/s QSFP+ transceiver provides four 16/8/4Gb/s connections.

The following list shows considerations for using these blades:

Port and extension blades can be mixed in device slots 3, 4, 7, and 8, but CR64-4 blades must be installed in slots 5 and 6. Up to four hot-swappable port blades can be installed in a single chassis to provide up to 192 32Gb/s FC ports.

It is recommended that two fan assemblies be installed on the X7-4 chassis if blades are being used.

Port blades contain the following LED indicators. For details on interpreting LED operation, see Supported Transceivers and Cables .

Green blade power LED

Amber blade status LED

Bicolor green/amber port status LEDs

Flexport allows you to configure individual ports on the FC32-64 blade for Fibre Channel (FC) or Fibre Channel over

Ethernet (FCoE) connections when qualified FC or Ethernet transceivers are installed in the ports. Configure FC (default) or Ethernet operation for a port using the portcfgflexport command.

FC operation allows the connection of blades to fabric storage, servers, and switches. An FC transceiver must be installed in a port to configure FC operation for that port. Supported FC transceivers include 4x32Gb/s QSFP28 and

4x16Gb/s QSFP+ transceivers.

FCoE operation allows the connection of blades to FCoE devices as part of a unified fabric. The FCoE devices can be servers or connections through an FCoE Initialization Protocol snooping bridge (FSB). An Ethernet transceiver must be installed in a port to configure FCoE operation for that port. Supported Ethernet transceivers include 40GbE, 4x10GbE, and 4x25GbE QSFP+ transceivers.

Reference the following resources for more information:

For a complete list of qualified transceivers for this blade, see Supported Transceivers and Cables .

For more details on FCoE, Flexport, and breakout mode features and commands, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS

Administration Guide

and

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

FC32-64 Port Blade Numbering and Trunking

The following illustration shows how ports are numbered on the blade.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

122

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 52: FC32-64 Blade Port Numbering

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

Numbering (0-63) on this figure accounts for the quad ports available for 16 installed QSFP+ transceivers. The physical QSFP+ ports are numbered 0-15 from right to left.

See

Supported Transceivers and Cables

for a list of qualified transceivers for blade ports.

The following table defines the eight-port Fibre Channel port groups for configuring trunk groups or "trunks." Color coding on the physical blade identifies the port groups. On the blade, ports belonging to the same port group are indicated with the same color border beneath the port on the blade label. Ports belonging to the same ASIC are indicated by a border with a similar color tone.

Table 30: Port Groups for Configuring Trunks

Port Number

0–7

8–15

16–23

24–31

32–39

40–47

48-55

56-63

4

5

6

7

0

1

2

3

Port Group

Following are the requirements for forming trunk groups:

All ports in a trunk group must belong to the same port group. For example, to form an 8-port trunk select all eight ports from port group 0 or port group 1. You cannot use ports from each port group for the trunk.

You can use from 1 to 8 ports in a port group to form a trunk.

All ports in a trunk must be running at the same speed.

All ports in a trunk must be configured for the same distance.

All ports in a trunk must have the same QoS and FEC settings.

Trunk groups must be created between Brocade switches (or Brocade adapters in the case of F_Port trunking).

Brocade trunking is proprietary and is not supported on M-EOS or third-party switches.

There must be a direct connection between participating switches.

Extension Blade Overview

The Brocade SX6 Extension blade is intended as an extension platform to support Fibre Channel (FC), FICON, and IP based storage data flows. Brocade Extension enables you to use the existing IP wide area network (WAN) infrastructure to connect Fibre Channel and IP fabrics. Brocade Extension supports applications such as remote data replication (RDR), centralized backup, and data migration over very long distances that are impractical or very costly using native Fibre

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

123

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Channel or IP connections. Extension tunnels, built on a physical connection between two extension switches or blades, allow Fibre Channel and IP I/O to pass through the IP WAN. The SX6 Extension blade can connect with an SX6 blade in another Brocade X7 Director or with a Brocade 7840 Extension Switch.

You can mix port and extension blades in device slots 3, 4, 7, and 8, but CR32-4 blades must be installed in slots 5 and 6.

You can install a maximum of four SX6 blades in the device.

The SX6 blade has the following external ports:

16 Fibre Channel (FC) SFP+ ports that support Fibre Channel Routing Services and connection to FC devices for the Brocade Extension feature. These ports support 32Gb/s transceivers operating at 8, 16, or 32Gb/s, 16Gb/s transceivers operating at 4, 8, or 16Gb/s, and 10Gb/s transceivers operating at fixed 10Gb/s. FC ports can autonegotiate speeds with connecting ports.

10 or 1GbE SFP+ and two 40GbE QSFP ports. These ports allow the connection of blades to IP WANs and allow Fibre

Channel and IP I/O to pass through the IP WAN using extension tunnels. The 10GbE or 1GbE ports operate at 10Gb/ s or 1Gb/s fixed speeds with appropriate 10Gb/s or 1Gb/s transceivers installed. The 40GbE QSFP ports operate at

40Gb/s fixed speed.

Extension blades have the following LED indicators:

Green blade power LED

Amber blade status LED

Bicolor green/amber 40GbE and 10GbE or 1GbE port status LEDs

Bicolor green/amber FC port status LEDs

For details on interpreting LED operation, see

Interpreting Extension Blade LEDs .

All features are supported on this blade with no license requirements.

Extension Features

The SX6 Extension blade supports the following extension features:

NOTE

For full details on extension blade features and configuration, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Extension User

Guide

.

Connectivity with another Brocade SX6 extension blade or the Brocade 7840 Extension Switch.

Multiple logical extension tunnels with maximum tunnel bandwidth up to 40Gb/s (FCIP mode) allow for scalable connections between sites.

The Extension Trunking feature allows multiple IP source and destination address pairs (defined as circuits) through multiple 10GbE or 40GbE interfaces to provide a high bandwidth extension tunnel and lossless failover resiliency. In

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

124

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide addition, each extension circuit supports four QoS classes (class-F, high, medium, and low priority), each as a TCP connection.

The ARL feature meets the minimum bandwidth guarantee for each tunnel while fully utilizing the available network bandwidth without adverse throughput performance impact at a high traffic load.

Hardware-based compression delivers the ability to maximize throughput over lower bandwidth links in the wide-area network, optimizing the cost efficiencies of FCIP. The SX6 blade compresses FC frames before they are encapsulated into FCIP packets.

Key protocol features are enabled in the FCIP implementation to optimize the performance of extension over IP networks, including WAN Optimized TCP (WO-TCP), 9K jumbo frame and end-to-end Path MTU auto-discovery.

Hardware-based IPsec supports a mix of secure and non-secure tunnels on the same Ethernet port, jumbo frames, and VLAN tagged connections. The IPsec function is capable of supporting both IPv4 and IPv6.

FastWrite, Open Systems Tape Pipelining and Advanced Accelerator for FICON mitigate the latency effect of a longdistance FCIP distance connection over IP WAN.

Extension HCL (Hot Code Load) provides in-service firmware upgrade for supporting 24/7 non-stop business operations

Built-in WAN link tester generates traffic over an IP connection to test for maximum throughput, congestion, loss percentage, out of order delivery, latency, and other network conditions. It helps to determine the health of a WAN link before deploying it for use.

Fabric Vision advanced monitoring provides the following functions:

Policy-based monitoring monitors extension connectivity and WAN anomalies using multi-layer metrics.

Flow monitoring reports IOPS and data rate of individual I/O flows of inter-DC replication and tape backup operations.

Flow generator generates FC frames for a defined flow with default or custom size and pattern and sent across extension tunnel to help validate end to end network setup and configuration.

Extended distance Fibre Channel supports long-distance native FC connectivity.

Extension tunnels and circuits:

A maximum of 8 circuits can be configured per tunnel.

A maximum of 20 tunnels (VE_Ports) can be configured for all GbE ports.

The maximum committed rate of a single circuit is 10Gb/s, whether configured on a 10GbE or 40GbE port.

FCIP and hybrid mode (FC + IP) modes.

SX6 Blade Port Numbering and Trunking

The following figure shows how ports are numbered on the blade. Ports are labeled as 10GE, 40GbE, and FC on the blade.

Figure 53: SX6 Extension Blade Port Numbering

1. 40GbE Port 0

2. 40GbE Port 1

3. 10/1GbE Ports 2–9 (right to left)

4. 10/1GbE Ports 10–17 (right to left)

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

125

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

5. FC Ports 0, 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 11 (right to left)

6. FC Ports 4, 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 15 (right to left)

Following are the eight-port Fibre Channel port groups for configuring trunk groups or "trunks":

Port group 0: ports 0–7

Port group 1: ports 8–15

Following are the requirements for forming trunk groups:

All ports in a trunk group must belong to the same port group. For example, to form an 8-port trunk select all eight ports from port group 0 or port group 1. You cannot use ports from each port group for the trunk.

You can use from 1 to 8 ports in a port group to form a trunk.

Ports must be running at the same speed.

Ports must be configured for the same distance.

Ports must have the same encryption, compression, QoS, and FEC settings.

Trunk groups must be created between Brocade switches (or Brocade adapters in the case of F_Port trunking).

Brocade trunking is proprietary and is not supported on M-EOS or third-party switches.

There must be a direct connection between participating switches.

For full details on trunking requirements and configuration, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

.

Blade-Specific Precautions

This document describes how to remove and replace a port or extension blade.

Observe the following precautions when replacing these blades:

Wear an appropriately grounded ESD wrist strap when handling and installing device blades and cards. Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to chassis ground (if the chassis is plugged in) or a bench ground.

Install port and extension blades only in slots 3–4 and 7–8. Slots 5 and 6 are reserved for CR64-4 blades. These blades cannot be installed in other slots as guide pins and connectors in each slot allow only specific blade types.

DANGER

For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

CAUTION

If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

CAUTION

Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

CAUTION

Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical contacts to ground surface.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

Faulty Blade Indicators

Confirm that you need to replace the blade before continuing. The following events may indicate that a blade is faulty:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

126

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

The status LED on the blade is lit steady amber, or the power LED is not illuminated.

The slotShow command does not show that the blade is enabled.

The errShow command displays error log messages one at a time.

Any of the following messages display in the error log or "show" command output:

"Slot unknown" message relating to the blade slot

FRU: FRU_FAULTY messages for the blade

FAULTY (xx) with an associated (xx) code used by support

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, see Using Monitoring Commands and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

For more information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Time and Items Required for Removal and Installation

The removal or installation procedure for each blade takes less than 10 minutes. Removing and restoring transceivers and cables may take longer depending on how many must be changed. The following items are required for the blade and filler panel replacement:

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

Workstation computer

Replacement blade or filler panel

No. 1 Phillips screwdriver

SFP, SFP+, or SFP28 transceivers (as needed)

Optical and copper cables (as needed)

NOTE

For information about the transceivers that are qualified for this Brocade device, see

Supported Transceivers and Cables

.

Removing a Blade

Before removing the blade, consider the following:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

127

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Before removing any cables from a blade, note the cable order (identify each cable by its physical port).

It is a good practice to create a table of cable-to-port mapping for reference.

If multiple blades are being replaced, replace one blade at a time.

Perform the following steps to remove a port or extension blade from the unit while the system power is on. This procedure is applicable for all the port and extension blades supported on the device.

1. Remove the chassis door.

2. Check the blade power and status LEDs and port status LEDs on the front of each blade to identify any possible problems.

3. Before replacing a blade, establish a Telnet or console connection to determine failure and verify operation after replacement. Use the switchShow and slotShow commands to view the status of the blades.

4. Check for adequate cable slack. Ensure there is plenty of cable slack to remove a blade without cable obstruction.

5. Ensure that the part number on the unit being replaced matches the replacement part number. The chassisShow command displays information about the blades, including part numbers (xx-xxxxxxx-xx), serial numbers, and additional status.

6. Ensure that traffic is not flowing through the blade (port status LED should be off) prior to disconnecting cables.

7. Disconnect all cables and remove transceivers from the blade.

8. If removing an extension blade, perform the following steps: a) Delete all fciptunnel configurations using the portcfg fciptunnel slot/vePort delete

command.

b) Delete all IP routes defined on the blade to be removed using the portcfg iproute delete command.

c) Delete all IP interfaces (IPIFs) defined on the blade using the portcfg ipif slot/geX delete command.

d) If logical switches are used on the switch, move all blade ports back to the default logical switch. Refer to the lscfg command in the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

for details.

NOTE

If you are removing the extension blade to install in a different slot, you must remove configuration using the preceding steps, then reconfigure the blade in the new slot. If you move the blade without performing these steps and the blade faults, you must move the blade to the original slot and remove configuration.

9. Loosen the captive screws for both ejector handles on the blade using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.

Loosening the screws initiates a hot-swap request and disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screws will pop out from the slot .63 cm (.25 in.) when fully disengaged. Do not eject the blade using blade handles until the screws disengage from the slot and the power LED is off.

10. Grasp both ejector handles and simultaneously pull them away from the center of the blade using equal pressure to approximately 45 degrees (fully open).

As you move the handles, you will hear connectors disengaging from the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane. The blade will move out approximately 1.27 cm (.5

in.) from the slot when fully disengaged.

11. Pull the blade out from the slot slightly using the ejector handles until you can grasp the blade edges with your hands.

Before touching the blade, ensure that it has cooled sufficiently.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

128

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

12. Continue pulling the blade from the slot by the blade edges. As you slide out the blade, place one hand under it for support. Do not support the blade by the injector handles after removal.

Figure 54: Removing and Replacing a Port or Extension Blade

13. If the blade is not being replaced by another blade, install a filler panel and reinstall the chassis door. The filler panel is required for proper chassis cooling. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Installing a Blade

Complete this procedure to install a port or extension blade. These steps apply to all port and extension blades installed in the device.

1. If a protective sleeve is covering the blade connectors, remove the sleeve.

2. Follow these steps to insert the blade into the slot.

a) Carefully push the blade into the slot using your thumbs or fingers on the blade faceplate.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

When the blade face is about 2.54 cm (1 in.) from the chassis, you should feel resistance as the blade connectors meet the backplane connectors.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

129

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide b) Continue pushing the blade into the slot using your thumbs or fingers until the ejectors move in toward the blade slightly, indicating that the connectors are engaged.

c) Simultaneously push both ejector handles in toward the blade center with even pressure until the blade completely seats in the slot.

NOTE

As you move the handles, you will hear connectors engaging the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane.

3. Tighten the captive screw for each ejector using a No. 1 Phillips screwdriver.

As the blade seats completely, the amber blade status and green blade power LEDs illuminate.

NOTE

Be sure that captive screws are tightened. If they are not tightened, high pressure from fan operation may unseat the blade from chassis connectors.

4. Observe the blade power and status LEDs and verify the following: a) Verify that the status LED on the blade shows amber until POST completes for the blade. The status LED should then display green to indicate that the blade has power. If the status LED remains amber, the board might not be properly seated in the backplane or the board may be faulty.

b) Verify that the power LED on the port blade is displaying a steady green light to indicate that the blade has power.

If it does not turn on, ensure that the blade is firmly seated and ejector captive screws are tightened.

5. Install the transceivers and cables in the blade.

6. Replace the chassis door. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Verifying Blade Operation

Perform the following tasks to verify the operation of a blade:

1. Check the LED indicators on the blade's front panel. For information on interpreting LED patterns, see one of the following sections of this guide:

Interpreting FC32-X7-48 Port Blade LEDs

Interpreting FC32-64 Port Blade LEDs

Interpreting FC64-48 Port Blade LEDs

Interpreting Extension Blade LEDs

2. Enter the following commands and note any error conditions:

• slotshow -p – Displays the current data on each slot in the system, including blade type, blade ID, status, and

Brocade model name.

• tempShow – Displays temperature reading of blades.

• chassisShow – Displays information about each component in the system.

• sensorShow

– Displays temperature reading of blades with fan and power supply status.

• errDump – Displays the entire system error log.

• errShow – Displays error log messages one at a time.

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, see

Using Monitoring Commands

and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

. For more information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

130

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Core Routing Blades

Core Routing Blade Overview

Two CR64-4 core routing blades are installed in device slots 5 and 6. Core routing blades contain ASICs that allow switching between up to four-port blades. Core routing blades connect to port blades through Fibre Channel backplane ports. Each core routing blade provides 96 backplane Gen 7 FC ports for the port blade connection. Each core routing blade also has 32 front-end ports that are mapped to 8 QSFP transceivers on the blade's front panel. These transceivers can create inter-chassis link (ICL) connections for up to 9 separate directors in a full-mesh topology and 12 directors in a core-to-edge topology. This core routing blade is compatible only with the Brocade X7-4.

Core routing blades contain the following LED indicators:

Green blade power LED

Amber blade status LED

Bicolor green/amber QSFP port status LEDs

For details on interpreting LED operation, see

Interpreting Core Routing Blade LEDs

.

CR64-4 Port Numbering

The following figure shows how ports are numbered and port trunking groups are arranged on the blade.

Figure 55: CR64-4 Core Routing Blade Port Numbering

1. QSFP Ports 4-7 (right to left)

2. QSFP Ports 0-3 (right to left)

3. Map of Ports 2, 3, 6, and 7

4. Map of Ports 0, 1, 4, and 5

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

131

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

QSFP ports are numbered from 0 through 3 along the top row from right to left and 4 through 7 along the bottom row from

right to left. For information on supported QSFP transceivers, see Supported Transceivers and Cables .

Each numbered QSFP port on the blade provides four Gen 7 ICL FC ports. The following table shows the mappings from the numbered QSFP ports on the face of the core blade to the individual FC port numbers as shown by the slotShow command.

6

7

4

5

2

3

0

1

Table 31: External Port to slotShow Command Port Mapping for Core Blades

External Port Number slotShow FC Port Numbers

0-3

4-7

8-11

12-15

16-19

20-23

24-27

28-31

ICL Trunking Groups

Multiple directors can be connected through inter-chassis links (ICLs) between the Gen 7 ICL or 4x32Gb/s QSFPs installed on core routing blades. Each QSFP connection between two devices provides 128Gb/s bandwidth. Trunking optimizes the use of ICL bandwidth by allowing a group of links to merge into a single logical link, called a trunk. Traffic is distributed dynamically and in order over this trunk, achieving greater performance with fewer links. Within the trunk, multiple physical ports appear as a single port, thus simplifying management. Trunking also improves system reliability by avoiding I/O retries if one link within the trunk fails.

Since each port within a QSFP terminates on a different ASIC within each core blade, an ICL trunk cannot be formed using the individual FC ports within the same QSFP. A trunk must be formed from individual FC ports in different QSFP ports, which must reside in the same trunk group. To form an ICL trunk between two devices, a minimum of two QSFPs within a port trunk group on a core blade installed in one device must be connected to a pair of QSFPs within a trunk group on a core blade in another device.

Each CR64-4 blade on the X7-4 Director has two ICL trunking groups consisting of the following QSFP ports:

0, 1, 5, and 4

2, 3, 6, and 7

Ports belonging to the same trunking groups are indicated with the same color border under the ports on the blade faceplate. These colors are also applied to the port map labels on each blade faceplate to indicate ports belonging to the same trunking groups.

For more information on ICLs and configuring ICL trunking between core routing blades on different directors, refer to

"Inter-Chassis Links" in the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

.

NOTE

You cannot configure ISLs using ports on port blades and QSFP-based ICLs using ports on core routing blades concurrently on the same chassis. ISLs and ICLs can co-exist between a pair of chassis if the ISLs and ICLs are in different logical switches.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

132

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

ICL Cabling Configurations

The following figures show acceptable cabling configurations for the ICL feature between QSFP ports in core routing blades. The recommended topology is the "parallel" type where at least four QSFP cables connect between both core routing blades on any two directors. This provides ICL trunking between directors, ensuring redundancy. Although the following illustrations show X6 Directors, the discussion applies to X7 Directors as well.

Following are the maximum numbers of directors that you can connect using 4x Gen 7 QSFP ICLs:

Up to nine X7 (Gen 7) directors can be connected in a full-mesh topology.

Up to six directors in a full-mesh topology if connecting a mixture of directors.

Up to 12 directors can be connected in a core-to-edge topology.

To connect multiple X7 Directors via ICLs, a minimum of four ICL ports (two on each core routing blade) must be connected between each chassis. The dual connections on each core blade must reside within the same trunk group. If more than four ICL connections are required between a pair of directors, additional ICL connections should be added in pairs (one on each core blade). ISLs and ICLs can co-exist between the same pair of directors if the ISLs and ICLs are on different logical switches.

The following illustration shows the minimum connectivity between a pair of X7-8 chassis:

Figure 56: ICL Cable Connections between Two X7-8 Directors

The following illustration shows the minimum connectivity between an X7-8 and X7-4 chassis:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

133

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 57: ICL Cable Connections for the X6 Director (Sample Configuration)

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

The following illustration shows the minimum conectivity between an X7-8 Director and a Gen 5 DCX8510-8 chassis:

Figure 58: ICL Cable Connections for the X6 Director (Sample Configuration)

The following requirements apply for ICLs:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

134

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

A minimum of four ICL ports (two on each core blade) must be connected between each chassis pair.

The dual connections on each core blade must reside within the same ICL trunk boundary on the core blades.

If more than four ICL connections are required between a pair of chassis, additional ICL connections should be added in pairs, with each additional pair residing within the same trunk boundary.

QSFP-based ICLs and traditional ISLs are not concurrently supported between any pair of chassis.

Gen 6 QSFPs (4x32G QSFPs) must be used on Gen 7 ICL ports to connect to a Gen 6 or Gen 5 chassis through an

ICL port for connections up to 100m.

Gen 6 QSFPs (4x32G 2-km QSFPs) must be used on Gen 7 ICL ports to connect to a Gen 6 chassis through an ICL port for connections up to 2 km. 16G 2-km QSFPs are not supported on Gen 7 ICL ports.

The X7 Director can be connected in a core-edge configuration. The following figure shows two core devices and four edge devices. Although X6 Directors are shown in the figure, the same principles apply to X7 Directors. The cabling scheme should follow the parallel example shown in the previous figure. Each line in the example actually represents four cables running between the devices.

Figure 59: Director Core-Edge ICL Topology

For details on the following subjects, refer to the "Inter-Chassis Links" section of the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration

Guide

:

ICL topologies

ICL trunking

Configuring ICLs between X6 Directors

Configuring ICLs between X6 Directors and DCX 8510 Director models

Blade-Specific Precautions

This document describes how to remove and replace a core routing blade.

Observe the following precautions when replacing these blades:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

135

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

The CR64-4 core routing blade is compatible only with the X7-4 Director.

Wear an appropriately grounded ESD wrist strap when handling and installing blades and cards. Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to a chassis ground (if the chassis is plugged in) or a bench ground.

Install core routing blades only in slots 5–6. These blades cannot be installed in other slots because guide pins and connectors in each slot allow only specific blade types.

DANGER

For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

CAUTION

If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

CAUTION

Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

CAUTION

Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical contacts to ground surface.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

Faulty Core Routing Blade Indicators

Confirm that you need to replace the blade before continuing. The following events may indicate that a core routing blade is faulty:

The status LED on the core switch blade is lit steady amber, or the power LED is not illuminated.

The slotShow command does not show that the core switch blade is enabled.

Any of the following messages display in errShow output or errShowAll output for root-capable administrators:

"Slot unknown" message relating to a core switch slot

Core switch blade errors or I2C timeouts

FRU: FRU_FAULTY messages for a core switch blade

FAULTY (xx) with an associated code used by support

Configuration loader messages or "Sys PCI config" messages

Generic system driver messages ("FABSYS")

Platform system driver messages ("Platform")

EM messages that indicate a problem with a core switch blade

Function fail messages for the core switch master

See

Using Monitoring Commands

and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

for output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands.

For more information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Time and Items Required

The replacement procedure for the core switch blade takes approximately 30 minutes. The following items are required to replace the core switch blade.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

136

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

Workstation computer

Replacement blade or filler panel

No. 1 Phillips screwdriver

QSFP transceivers (as needed)

Optical cables (as needed)

NOTE

For information about the transceivers that are qualified for this Brocade device, see the

Supported Transceivers and Cables

discussion in this guide.

Replacing a Core Routing Blade

Use the following procedures in this section to replace routing blades:

Preparing for replacement . Use these procedures to ensure that traffic is not disrupted through existing ICL

connections when you are replacing a core routing blade. If ICLs are not connected to the blade or traffic through ICL ports has ceased, you can skip these procedures, and then go to

Removing a Core Routing Blade .

Removing a Core Routing Blade . Use these procedures to remove a blade from the chassis.

Installing a Core Routing Blade

. Use these procedures to install a blade into an empty chassis slot.

NOTE

Perform these procedures to remove and install one core routing blade at a time while chassis power is on. You must replace a blade and ensure its operation before replacing the other core routing blade. Removing both blades will shut down the chassis. To replace both blades at the same time, power off the chassis and follow steps under

Removing a Core Routing Blade and

Installing a Core Routing Blade .

Preparing for Replacement

For nondisruptive replacement of a core blade, ensure that the core blade in the system that you are not replacing is active and is allowing traffic through ICL ports to the same fabrics as ICL ports on the blade is replaced.

Use the following procedures to ensure that traffic will offload from the blade that you are replacing to the other core blade in the system during replacement. This ensures a nondisruptive impact on existing traffic flowing through the blade's ICLs.

If ICLs are not connected to the blade or traffic over blade ICLs has been halted, skip these procedures, and then go on to

Removing a Core Routing Blade .

1. Ensure that Lossless Dynamic Load Sharing is enabled on each logical switch that resides on each physical switch that has ICL connections through the core blades. Log on to each logical switch using an account with admin permissions, and then enter dlsShow .

DLS is set with Lossless enabled should display if Lossless is enabled.

2. To enable Lossless Dynamic Load Sharing, use the following options.

You can enable this feature on individual logical switches or on each logical switch configured for the chassis.

Log on to each logical switch and enter the dlsset --enable -lossless command.

Enable Lossless on all logical switches configured in the chassis using the fosexec --fid all -cmd dlsset command.

3. Disable each ICL port on the core blade that you are replacing using the portdecom [

slot/

]

port

command.

This command persistently disables the port without frame loss and moves all traffic flows from the port to redundant paths between fabrics and ICL ports on the other core routing blade.

4. Confirm that all of the ICL ports are persistently disabled (decommissioned) on the blade by logging into the physical switch and entering the portcfgpersistentdisable

command.

This command displays the status of ports in each chassis slot.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

137

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

5. Remove and replace the core blade following procedures in

Removing a Core Routing Blade and

Installing a Core

Routing Blade .

NOTE

After installing the new blade, allow sufficient time for it to initialize and for all decommissioned ports to transition back online.

Removing a Core Routing Blade

Perform the following procedures to remove one core routing blade at a time with chassis power on. You must replace the blade and ensure its operation before removing the other core routing blade. Removing both blades will power down the chassis. To replace both blades at the same time, power down the chassis and perform the following steps.

1. Remove the chassis door.

2. Check the blade power and status LEDs and port status LEDs on the front of each blade to identify any possible problems.

3. Before replacing a blade, establish a telnet or console connection to determine failure and verify operation after replacement. Use the switchShow and slotShow commands to view the status of the blades.

4. Ensure that existing traffic through blade ICL ports will not be disrupted when the blade is removed by performing steps under

Preparing for Replacement

.

5. Check for adequate cable slack. Ensure that there is plenty of cable slack to remove a blade without cable obstruction.

6. Ensure that the part number on the unit being replaced matches the replacement part number. The chassisShow command displays information about the blades, including part numbers (xx-xxxxxxx-xx), serial numbers, and additional status.

7. Disconnect all cables and remove transceivers from the blade.

8. Label and then disconnect cables from the faulty core routing blade.

9. Loosen the captive screws for both ejector handles on the blade using a No. 1 Phillips screwdriver.

Loosening the screws initiates a hot-swap request and disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screws will pop out from the slot .63 cm (.25 in.) when fully disengaged. Do not eject the blade using blade handles until screws disengage from the slot and the power LED is off.

10. Grasp both ejector handles and simultaneously pull them away from the center of the blade using equal pressure to approximately 45 degrees (fully open).

As you move the handles, you will hear connectors disengaging from the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane. The blade will move out approximately 1.27 cm (.5

in.) from the slot when fully disengaged.

11. Pull the blade out from the slot slightly using the ejector handles until you can grasp the blade edges with your hands.

Make sure that the blade has cooled sufficiently to touch.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

138

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

12. Continue pulling the blade from the slot by the blade edges. As you slide out the blade, place one hand under it for support. Do not support the blade by the injector handles after removal.

Figure 60: Removing and Installing a Core Routing Blade on an X7-4 Director

13. If the blade is not being replaced by another blade, install a filler panel and reinstall the chassis door. The filler panel is required for proper chassis cooling. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Installing a Core Routing Blade

Complete the following steps to install a core routing blade into an empty slot.

NOTE

The device continues to operate while a core routing blade is installed.

1. If a protective sleeve is covering the blade connectors, remove the sleeve.

2. Rotate the ejector handles away from the center of the blade completely—approximately 45 degrees. Do not support the blade using the ejector handles. Orient the blade so that the handles are toward you and the flat metal side is facing down.

3. Follow these steps to insert the blade into the slot.

a) Carefully push the blade into the slot using your thumbs or fingers on the blade faceplate.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

When the blade face is about 2.54 cm (1 in.) from the chassis, you should feel resistance as the blade connectors meet the backplane connectors.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

139

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide b) Continue pushing with your thumbs or fingers until the ejectors move in toward the blade slightly, indicating that the connectors are engaged.

c) Simultaneously push both ejector handles in toward the blade center with even pressure until the blade completely seats in the slot.

NOTE

As you move the handles, you will hear connectors engaging the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane.

4. Tighten the captive screw for each ejector using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.

As the blade seats completely, amber blade status and green blade power LEDs illuminate.

NOTE

Be sure that the captive screws are tightened. If they are not tightened, high pressure from fan operation may unseat the blade from chassis connectors.

5. Observe the blade power and status LEDs and verify the following: a) Verify that the status LED on the blade shows amber until POST completes for the blade, and then turns off. If the status LED remains amber, the board may not be properly seated in the backplane or the board may be faulty.

NOTE

The POST may take several minutes to complete on these blades.

b) Verify that the power LED on the port blade is displaying a steady green light to indicate that the blade has power.

If it does not turn on, ensure that the blade is firmly seated and the ejector captive screws are tightened.

6. Install the transceivers and cables in the blade.

7. Group and route the cables through the vertical cable management finger assemblies.

8. Allow sufficient time for the blade to initialize and for all ports to transition online.

9. Reinstall the chassis door. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Verifying Blade Operation

Perform the following tasks to verify the operation of the new blade:

1. Check the LED indicators on the blade's front panel. For information on interpreting LED patterns, see

Interpreting

Core Routing Blade LEDs

.

Enter the slotShow command and note any error conditions:

2. Enter the following commands and note any error conditions:

• slotShow – Displays the current data on each slot in the system, including blade type, blade ID, status, Brocade model name, and power usage.

• tempShow – Displays temperature reading of blades.

• sensorShow – Displays temperature reading of blades with fan and power supply status.

• chassisShow

– Displays information about each component in the system.

• errDump – Displays the entire system error log.

• errShow – Displays error log messages one at a time.

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, see

Using Monitoring Commands

and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

. For more information on error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

140

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Control Processor Blades

Control Processor Blade Overview

The CPX7 control processor blades are half the slot length of other Brocade X7-4 Director blades. Two CPX7 control processor blades are inserted in the half slots located at the top of the chassis to provide CP redundancy. CP0 is installed in slot 1, while CP1 is installed in slot 2.

The control processor (CP) blade contains the control plane for the device and hosts the Fabric OS that manages all hardware within the device. It also provides the following external connections for device configuration, firmware downloads, service, management, and monitoring functions:

USB port for firmware download and supportsave data.

Serial console RJ-45 port.

10/100/1000Base-T RJ-45 Ethernet port for device management and configuration. This is an auto-sensing MDI port.

NOTE

Half duplex operation is not supported at 10Mb/s or 100Mb/s speed.

10/100/1000Base-T RJ-45 Ethernet port for service. This is an auto-sensing MDI port.

10Gb/s Base-T RJ-45 Ethernet port (reserved for future use).

The two 10/100/1000Mb/s Ethernet ports are bound together as a single logical network interface. One port is selected as the active interface, while the other is select as the standby interface. All traffic is transmitted over the active port while no traffic is transmitted over the standby interface. If the primary Ethernet port fails (due to something other than power loss), the standby port becomes active and immediately takes over data transmission to retain link layer communication.

NOTE

Connecting the CP blades to a private network or VLAN is recommended.

The blade contains a blue LED to indicate active CP status, green LEDs on Ethernet ports to indicate link and activity, and green and amber LEDs to indicate blade power and status.

A bright, white beacon LED is located just to the right of the blade power and status LEDs. You can enable this LED to illuminate on both CP blades so that you can easily locate the blades and chassis in an equipment rack. To enable or disable beaconing on both blades, log on to the chassis and enter the chassisbeacon command as follows:

To enable beaconing: chassisX7:admin> chassisbeacon 1 chassisBeacon success 1

To disable beaconing: chassisX7:admin> chassisbeacon 0 chassisBeacon success 0

To display beaconing status: chassisX7:admin> chassisbeacon

Value = 0

For details on LED location and operation, see Interpreting Control Processor Blade LEDs .

CPX7 Port Identification

The following figure identifies connector ports on the CPX7 blade.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

141

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 61: CPX7 Blade Port Identification

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. 10Gb/s BASE-T RJ-45 Ethernet Port (reserved for future use)

2. USB 4 Port for Firmware Download and Logs; test-verified USB models include:

SanDisk 32 CZ48 USB 3.0 Flash Drive (SDCZ48-032G-UAM46)

SanDisk 16 CZ48 USB 3.0 Flash Drive (SDCZ48-016G-UAM46)

Kingston 32GB DataTraveler 100 G3 USB 3.0 Flash Drive (DT100G3/32GB)

Kingston 32GB DataTraveler G4 USB 3.0 Flash Drive (DTIG4/32GB)

PNY Attache 3.0 4 USB 32GB Flash Drive

PNY Attache 3.0 4 USB 16GB Flash Drive

3. Serial Console RJ-45 Port (labelled IOIOI on the face plate)

4. 10/100/1000Base-T RJ-45 Ethernet Port for Chassis Management and Configuration

5. 10/100/1000Base-T RJ-45 Ethernet Port for Service

Blade-Specific Precautions

This document describes how to remove and replace a control processor (CP) blade. Each device has two CPX7 blades located in slots 1 and 2.

Observe the following precautions when replacing these blades:

The CPX7 blade is compatible only with the Brocade X7 Director.

Wear an appropriately grounded ESD wrist strap when handling and installing blades and cards. Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to chassis ground (if the chassis is plugged in) or a bench ground.

Install CPX7 blades in slots 1 and 2, which are half the width of other slots in the device.

The firmware upgrade policy for CP blades specifies testing for the current Fabric OS release and one version earlier.

It is possible to upgrade by more than one version, but it is a very specific and detailed process. Read the directions

under Downloading Firmware from a USB Device

and Downloading Firmware from an FTP Server

carefully.

If the new CP blade does not have the same firmware as the active CP blade, the new blade must be upgraded to the same firmware version. After installing the new blade, you can determine the firmware version on the replacement blade and use the firmwaresync

command to allow the active CP blade to copy current firmware to the replaced standby CP blade, if necessary. However, you must disable high availability (HA) before inserting the new blade.

DANGER

For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

142

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

CAUTION

If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

CAUTION

Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

CAUTION

Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical contacts to ground surface.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

Blade Fault Indicators

Confirm that you need to replace the CP blade. The following events may indicate that a CP blade is faulty:

The status LED on the CP blade is lit steady amber, or the power LED is not illuminated. See

Interpreting Control

Processor Blade LEDs for details on interpreting LED operation.

The CP blade does not respond to telnet commands, or the serial console is not available.

The haShow command indicates an error.

The clock is inaccurate, or the CP blade does not boot up or shut down normally.

Any of the following messages display in the error log:

"Slot unknown" message relating to a CP slot

CP blade errors or I2C timeouts

FRU: FRU_FAULTY messages for a CP blade

Configuration loader messages or "Sys PCI config" messages

Generic system driver messages ("FABSYS")

Platform system driver messages ("Platform")

EM messages that indicate a problem with a CP blade

Function fail messages for the CP master

See

Using Monitoring Commands

and refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

for output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands.

For more information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Blade Replacement Task Guide

This section contains a guide to more complete, detailed steps in this section for installing or replacing CP blades when the device is running (hot-swap) or must be powered off (cold swap). References are provided to the more detailed blade removal and installation steps for further information.

Replacing a CP Blade (Hot-Swap)

For hot-swap replacement, the chassis continues to operate while a CP blade is being replaced if the redundant CP blade is active and failover does not occur. You can prevent failover by entering the haDisable

command. You can replace one blade or both blades one at a time using these steps. Follow all steps for one blade, and then repeat the same steps to replace the other blade.

1. Prepare for replacing the blade by following all steps under

Preparing for Replacement .

2. Remove the blade from the slot by following all steps under

Removing a Blade.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

143

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

3. Install a new blade into the empty slot by following all steps under

Installing a Blade .

4. Verify and synchronize firmware on both blades by following all steps under

Verifying and Synchronizing Firmware on

Blades

.

If you need to download firmware to update the blades, follow the steps in one of the following sections:

Downloading Firmware from an FTP Server

Downloading Firmware from a USB Device

5. Verify firmware installation by following all steps under

Completing the Replacement

.

6. Verify operation of the replacement blade by following the steps under

Verifying Blade Operation .

7. Repeat the preceding steps to replace the other CP blade if necessary.

Replacing a CP Blade (Cold-Swap)

Use this procedure to replace CP blades after removing power to the device.

1. Prepare for replacing the blade by following all steps under

Preparing for Replacement .

2. Remove the blade following all steps under Removing a Blade .

3. Install the blade following all steps under

Installing a Blade .

4. Verify firmware installation by following all steps under

Completing the Replacement

.

5. Verify operation of the replacement blade by following the steps under

Verifying Blade Operation .

Time and Items Required for Replacement

The replacement procedure for the CP blade takes approximately 30 minutes. The following items are required for the CP blade replacement:

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

Workstation computer

Serial cable

IP address of an FTP server for backing up the device configuration

No. 1 Phillips screwdriver

Replacement CP blade

Preparing for Replacement

Use this procedure to prepare the system for CP blade replacement.

1. Back up the device configuration before you replace a CP blade by uploading various device configuration files using a

Telnet connection and saving them to a host computer. Before you upload a configuration file, verify that you can reach the FTP server from the device.

Perform the following steps: a) Enter the configupload -all command, specifying a file name for saving configuration data.

This saves all system configuration data including chassis and switch configuration for all logical switches to the file name specified. For more information, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

b) Enter the configupload -vf

command, specifying a file name, when prompted, for saving configuration data.

This saves the backbone virtual fabric data to the file name specified. For more information, refer to the

Brocade

Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

c) In a FICON environment, log on as root and enter configupload --map to upload port-to-area mapping information. Specify a folder name, when prompted.

This command saves the port-to-area addressing mode configuration files to the folder specified. Be sure to upload the configuration using the -map option for a FICON-enabled device if port-bound addressing is used. For more information, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

144

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

2. Connect to the device and log on as admin

using a serial console connection.

3. Enter haShow

to determine which CP blade is active.

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Gen7-4:admin> hashow

Local CP (Slot 1, CP0): Active, Warm Recovered

Remote CP (Slot 2, CP1): Standby, Healthy

HA enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State synchronized

4. Enter all remaining commands from the serial console for the active CP blade, unless otherwise indicated. For more information about commands, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

5. If the active CP blade is faulty, automatic failover to the standby CP blade should have occurred. Perform the following steps: a) Confirm that the standby CP blade is active using the haShow command.

b) Power off the faulty CP blade by loosening the captive screws on both ejector handles on the blade using a No. 1

Phillips screwdriver. This disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screws will pop out from the slot .63 cm (.25 in.) when fully disengaged.

c) Log on to the now active CP blade.

d) Skip to Step 8.

If automatic failover has not occurred, manually fail over the faulty blade by loosening the captive screws on both ejector handles. As the screws loosen, the blade fails over and the amber status LED will illuminate. Log on to the standby CP blade, and skip to Step 8.

6. If both CP blades are healthy and you want to replace the standby CP blade, log on to the active CP blade and skip to

Step 8.

7. If both CP blades are healthy and you want to replace the active CP blade, log on to the active CP blade and run the following steps: a) Run the haFailover command to make the standby CP blade the active blade. The currently active CP blade becomes the standby blade. Wait until the status LED on the currently active CP blade is no longer illuminated.

b) Confirm the completion of the failover by running the haShow

command.

c) Log on to the new active CP blade.

8. Run firmwareShow to note the firmware version of the active CP blade.

The firmwareshow command will display a warning message if the firmware versions on the two CP blades are not the same.

WARNING: The local CP and remote CP have different versions of firmware, please retry firmwaredownload command.

Chassis_1:admin>

9. Run haDisable from the active CP blade to prevent failover or communication between the CP blades during the replacement.

Replacing a CP Blade

Use the following procedures in this section to replace CPX7 blades:

Hot-swap procedure. Use this procedure to replace a single CP blade or both CP blades, one at a time, while the device power is on. The device continues to operate while replacing a blade if the redundant blade is active and failover does not occur.

Cold-swap procedure. Use this procedure to replace CP blades after removing power to the device.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

145

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Hot-Swap Procedure

Use this procedure to replace CP blades, one at a time, while the device power is on. The device continues to operate while replacing a blade if the redundant blade is active and failover does not occur. You can prevent failover by entering the haDisable command.

To replace both CP blades with power off, see

Cold-Swap Procedure .

Removing a Blade

Complete the following steps to remove a CP blade.

NOTE

The chassis continues to operate while a CP blade is being replaced if the redundant CP blade is active and a failover does not occur. You can prevent failover by entering the haDisable command.

1. Remove the chassis door.

2. Log on to the active CP as the admin user. You can use a serial cable or telnet, Web Tools, or Fabric Manager.

Determine which CP is active using the haShow command or view the active LED on the front of the CP.

3. Perform one of the following steps to ensure that the faulty blade is the standby blade.

If the faulty blade is the standby CP blade, skip to Step 4.

If the faulty blade is the active CP blade, issue the haFailover

command. Wait until the failover has completed.

Use the haShow

command to verify the CPs are synchronized and the failover is complete.

Depending on the nature of the failure, it is possible that the haFailover

command may not work. Proceed to the next step anyway.

4. Enter the haDisable

command. This is required before physically removing and replacing a CP blade.

5. Disconnect all cables from the faulty (standby) CP blade.

6. Loosen the captive screws for both ejector handles on the blade using a No. 1 Phillips screwdriver.

Loosening the screws initiates a hot-swap request and disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screws will pop out from the slot .63 cm (.25 in.) when fully disengaged. Do not eject the blade using blade handles until screws disengage from the slot and the power LED is off.

7. Grasp both ejector handles and simultaneously pull them away from the center of the blade using equal pressure to approximately 45 degrees (fully open).

As you move the handles, you will hear connectors disengaging from the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane. The blade will move out approximately 1.27 cm (.5

in.) from the slot when fully disengaged.

8. Pull the blade out from the slot slightly using the ejector handles until you can grasp the blade edges with your hands.

Make sure that the blade has cooled sufficiently to touch.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

146

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

9. Continue pulling the blade from the slot by the blade edges. As you slide out the blade, place one hand under it for support. Do not support the blade by the injector handles after removal.

Figure 62: Removal and Replacement of the Control Processor Blade (CPX7) on an X7-4 Director

10. If the blade is not being replaced by another blade, install a filler panel and reinstall the chassis door. The filler panel is required for proper chassis cooling. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Installing a Blade

NOTE

Read all of the instructions for replacing the CP blade before beginning the procedure. Make sure that the same version of Fabric OS is installed on both CP blades. Using different versions is not supported and may cause malfunctioning. If the replacement CP blade has a different version of Fabric OS, bring both blades to the same firmware version. Once you have installed the replacement CP blade, determine the version of firmware on the replacement CP blade and upgrade it if necessary.

Complete the following steps to install a CP blade.

1. If a protective sleeve is covering the blade connectors, remove the sleeve.

2. Follow these steps to insert the blade into the slot.

a) Carefully push the blade into the slot using your thumbs or fingers on the blade faceplate.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

When the blade face is about 2.54 cm (1 in.) from the chassis, you should feel resistance as the blade connectors meet the backplane connectors.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

147

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide b) Continue pushing with your thumbs or fingers until the ejectors move in towards the blade slightly indicating that the connectors are engaged.

c) Simultaneously push both ejector handles in towards the blade center with even pressure until the blade completely seats in the slot.

NOTE

As you move the handles, you will hear connectors engaging the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane.

3. Tighten the captive screw for each ejector using a No. 1 Phillips screwdriver.

As the blade seats completely, the amber blade status and the green blade power LEDs illuminate.

NOTE

Be sure that the captive screws are tightened. If they are not tightened, high pressure from fan operation may unseat blade from chassis connectors.

4. Observe the blade power and status LEDs and verify the following: a) The amber status LED on the blade illuminates until POST completes for the blade. The LED remains amber until the blade has gained sync with the active CP. This can take a few minutes to complete depending on the configuration. If the status LED remains amber for an extended period, the board may not be properly seated in the backplane or the board may be faulty.

b) The power LED on the port blade should displays a steady green. If it does not turn on, ensure that the blade is firmly seated and blade ejector screws are tightened.

5. Connect the cables to the new CP blade.

6. Remain logged in to the active CP and continue to

Verifying and Synchronizing Firmware on Blades

.

Verifying and Synchronizing Firmware on Blades

At this point, the active blade is up and running. The replacement blade is the standby blade. Next, you must ensure that boot and POST are complete on the newly installed CP blade, that the CP blade has achieved failover redundancy, and that firmware levels are synchronized on the installed blades.

Perform the following steps.

1. Enter slotShow . The command output shows the new CP blade as "enabled."

If the standby CP is unresponsive, you can try unplugging the new CP blade, running haDisable on the active CP blade, and plugging the new CP blade back in. At that point, you can repeat Step 1 to begin the verification process again.

2. Log on to each CP blade and enter the haShow command to display the CP status. Verify the CP state, status, health, and that the HA state is synchronized. Remedy any issues before proceeding. For more information on haShow output, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

3. Determine the firmware version of installed CP blades by entering firmwareShow . If the serial console on the replacement CP blade is connected, issue the firmwareShow command there. More information is available through the console.

4. If the firmware versions for both CP blades are the same, skip to Completing the Replacement

.

If the firmware version on the replacement (standby) and active CP blades do not match, a warning message appears with the results of the firmwareshow command.

WARNING: The local CP and remote CP have different versions of firmware, please

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

148

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

5. Bring the replacement blade firmware to the same firmware level as the active blade using one of the following procedures:

Run the firmwaresync

command on the active CP blade to copy all firmware from the active CP blade to the standby CP blade.

NOTE

To use this command, you must restart the existing telnet, secure telnet, or SSH sessions to the standby

CP blade.

Run the firmwareDownload -s command or firmwaresync command (if versions are compatible) to update firmware on the replacement blade to bring it up to the proper level.

6. Perform one of the following tasks to download firmware:

If you are using an FTP server to download the firmware, skip to the procedure for downloading firmware from an

FTP server.

If you are using a USB device to download the firmware, skip to the procedure for downloading firmware from a

USB device. If the firmware on the standby CP blade is more than one level down from the level on the active CP blade, you must have formatted USB devices for each of the versions you will need to upgrade.

For details on supported upgrade paths and steps to upgrade through multiple versions of Fabric OS, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Release Notes

and the

Brocade Fabric OS Software Upgrade User Guide

.

Downloading Firmware from an FTP Server

For this task, determine the correct sequence of upgrading firmware versions to reach your target version.

Complete the following steps to download the firmware from an FTP server to the replacement blade.

1. Log on to the standby CP blade as admin . If you need to know the IP address of the standby blade, run ipaddrshow

.

You should remain logged on to the active CP blade in order to monitor it.

2. Run firmwareDownload -s to download the firmware to the replacement (standby) CP blade. The -s option also disables the autoreboot, so you will have to manually issue a reboot after the download finishes to initiate a firmwarecommit . Enter all requested information (use default values).

3. When the download process finishes, run firmwareDownloadStatus to verify that the firmware has been updated.

The command displays a running account of the progress of the firmwareDownload command (if it is still running) until the command has completed. The final message is similar to the following and will appear with a date and time stamp.

Slot 1 (CP0, active): Firmwaredownload command has completed successfully. Use firmwareshow to verify the

firmware versions.

4. On the standby CP blade (the blade for which you just changed the firmware level), run reboot . The reboot of the standby CP will initiate a firmwarecommit to the secondary partition and log you out.

Chassis_1:admin> reboot

Broadcast message from root (ttyS0) Fri Jun 17 14:49:45 2016...

The system is going down for reboot NOW !!

INIT: Switching to runlevel: 6

INIT: Sending processes the TERM signal Chassis_1:admin> HAMu Heartbeat down, stop FSS

Unmounting all f##exiting due to signal: 9, pending signals: 0x20000, 0x0 ilesystems.

Please stand by while rebooting the system...

Restarting system.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

149

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

.

.

The system is coming up, please wait...

.

Fri Jun 17 14:53:13 2016: Doing firmwarecommit now.

Please wait ...

Fri Jun 17 14:55:27 2016: Firmware commit completes successfully.

Validating the filesystem ...

Fri Jun 17 22:36:05 2016: Doing firmwarecommit now.

Please wait ...

Fri Jun 17 22:36:48 2016: Firmware commit completes successfully.

2016/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1004], 908, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, Firmwarecommit has completed.

2016/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1036], 909, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, The new Version: Fabric OS

[version]

2016/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1002], 910, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, Firmwaredownload command has

completed successfully.

5. Log back on to the standby CP blade and run firmwareDownloadStatus on the standby CP blade to validate a successful commit. This may take 10 minutes.

6. If you are upgrading through several levels of the Fabric OS, repeat Step 2 through Step 5 as often as necessary based on the path outlined in the preceding table. Otherwise, proceed to Step 7.

7. Log out of the standby CP blade and log on to the active CP blade.

8. Proceed to the procedures for verifying operation of the new CP blade.

Downloading Firmware from a USB Device

For this task, determine the correct sequence of upgrading firmware versions to reach your target version.

This section assumes that the new firmware has already been copied onto the USB device. Although folders are optional, if an administrator desires to use them, the folder structure on the USB device might be as follows:

• brocade>

– config

– firmware (Contains the specific release you are installing)

– firmwareKey

– support

Complete the following steps to download the firmware from a USB device to the replacement blade.

1. Insert the USB device into the active CP blade.

2. Attach a serial cable from the PC to the active CP blade.

3. Log on to the active CP blade as admin if you are not still logged on and enter usbStorage -e to enable the USB device.

4. Remove the serial cable from the active CP blade and attach it to the standby CP blade and log on as admin .

5. Run firmwareDownload -s to download the firmware to the standby CP blade. Enter all requested information.

The -s option disables the autoreboot, so you need to manually issue a reboot after the download finishes to initiate a firmwarecommit . Use all default values, except for USB [Y]. (This ensures that USB is used for downloading.)

6. When the download process finishes, run firmwareDownloadStatus to verify that the firmware has been updated.

The command displays a running account of the progress of the firmwareDownload command until the command has completed. The final message is similar to the following and will appear with a date and time stamp.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

150

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Slot 1 (CP0, active): Firmwaredownload command has completed successfully. Use firmwareshow to verify the

firmware versions.

7. Ensure that you are still logged on to the standby CP blade (the blade for which you just changed the firmware level) and type reboot . The reboot of the standby CP will initiate a firmwarecommit to the secondary partition and log you out.

Chassis_1: admin> reboot

Broadcast message from root (ttyS0) Fri Jun 17 14:49:45 2016...

The system is going down for reboot NOW !!

INIT: Switching to runlevel: 6

INIT: Sending processes the TERM signal Chassis_1:admin> HAMu Heartbeat down, stop FSS

Unmounting all ##exiting due to signal: 9, pending signals: 0x20000, 0x0 ilesystems.

Please stand by while rebooting the system...

.

.

Restarting system.

The system is coming up, please wait...

.

Fri Jun 17 14:53:13 2016: Doing firmwarecommit now.

Please wait ...

Fri Jun 17 14:55:27 2016: Firmware commit completes successfully.

Validating the filesystem ...

Fri Jun 17 22:36:05 2016: Doing firmwarecommit now.

Please wait ...

Fri Jun 17 22:36:48 2016: Firmware commit completes successfully.

2016/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1004], 908, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, Firmwarecommit has completed.

2010/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1036], 909, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, The new Version: Fabric OS

[version]

2010/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1002], 910, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, Firmwaredownload command has

completed successfully.

NOTE

The time stamp on the co-CPU may not be in sync with the main CPU on the blade. This is not a cause for concern.

8. Log back on to the standby CP blade and enter firmwareDownloadStatus on the standby CP blade to validate a successful commit. This may take 10 minutes.

9. If you are upgrading through several levels of the Fabric OS, repeat Step 5 through Step 8 as often as necessary based on the path outlined in the preceding table. Otherwise, proceed to Step 10.

10. Log out of the standby CP blade and log on to the active CP blade.

11. Proceed to the procedures for "Completing the replacement."

Cold-Swap Procedure

Use this procedure to replace both CP blades while the device power is off. You must power off the device to replace both

CP blades.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

151

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Removing a Blade

Use the following procedure to power down the device and remove the CP blades. You can replace a single CP blade or both blades one at a time.

1. Be sure to perform all steps under Preparing for Replacement

.

2. Power down the device.

3. Remove the chassis door.

4. Disconnect all cables from the CP blades.

5. Loosen the captive screws for both ejector handles on the blade using a No. 1 Phillips screwdriver.

Loosening the screws initiates a hot-swap request and disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screws will pop out from the slot .63 cm (.25 in.) when fully disengaged. Do not eject the blade using blade handles until screws disengage from the slot and the power LED is off.

6. Grasp both ejector handles and simultaneously pull them away from the center of the blade using equal pressure to approximately 45 degrees (fully open).

As you move the handles, you will hear connectors disengaging from the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane. The blade will move out approximately 1.27 cm (.5

in.) from the slot when fully disengaged.

7. Pull the blade out from the slot slightly using the ejector handles until you can grasp the blade edges with your hands.

Make sure that the blade has cooled sufficiently to touch.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

8. Continue pulling the blade from the slot by the blade edges. As you slide out the blade, place one hand under it for support. Do not support the blade by the injector handles after removal.

Figure 63: Removal and Replacement of the Control Processor Blade (CPX7) on an X7-4 Director

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

152

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

9. If the blade is not being replaced by another blade, install a filler panel and reinstall the chassis door. The filler panel is required for proper chassis cooling. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Installing a Blade

Use the following steps to install both CP blades when the device power is off (cold-swap procedure).

1. Tighten the captive screws for each ejector using a No. 1 Phillips screwdriver.

NOTE

Be sure that the captive screws are tightened. If they are not tightened, high pressure from fan operation may unseat the blade from chassis connectors.

2. Power up the device.

3. Connect the cables to the new CP blades.

4. Enter chassisDisable

.

5. Enter configDownload -vf

to download device virtual fabric data to the local system.

The device reboots and partitions are restored.

6. Enter chassisDisable .

7. Enter configDownload -map to download port-to-area addressing mode configuration files to the local system.

8. Power-cycle the chassis.

The system recovers.

9. Enter chassisDisable

.

10. Enter configDownload -all

to download system configuration data, including chassis and switch configuration for all logical switches, to the local system.

All the licenses, configurations, and FCIP tunnels are restored.

11. Enter reboot .

The device becomes fully functional with the new CP blades.

12. Verify that each blade's power LED is green. If they are not green, ensure that the CP blade has power and is firmly seated and that the ejectors are in the locked position.

Completing the Replacement

Complete the following steps to complete the CP blade replacement procedure.

1. Enter haEnable to re-enable HA on the active CP blade.

NOTE

The haEnable command will cause the standby CP blade to reboot. Wait until POST completes—when the status LED on the CP blade returns to a steady green state—before moving to the next step.

2. Enter haShow and verify that the command output includes "HA Enabled, Heartbeat Up". If the output does not include this phrase, re-enter the command until you have verified that redundancy is achieved.

NOTE

The haEnable command will cause the standby CP blade to reboot.

Chassis_1:admin> hashow

Local CP (Slot 2, CP1) : Active

Remote CP (Slot 1, CP0) : Standby, Healthy

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

153

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

HA Enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State Synchronized

3. Enter firmwareShow to verify that the firmware version has been updated and that the versions are the same on the two CP blades.

If you have one or more port or extension blades in the device, the Fabric OS automatically detects mismatches between the active CP firmware and the blade's firmware and triggers the auto-leveling process. This auto-leveling process automatically updates the application blade firmware to match the active CP blade. At the end of the autoleveling process, the active CP and extension blades will run the same version of the firmware.

4. Enter the chassisEnable command to enable all user ports in the chassis and enable a virtual, fabric-aware chassis.

5. Replace the chassis door. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

6. Pack the faulty CP blade in the packaging provided with the new CP blade, and contact the switch supplier to determine the return procedure.

Verifying Blade Operation

Perform the following tasks to verify operation of new blade:

1. Check the LED indicators on the blade's front panel. For information on interpreting LED patterns, see

Interpreting

Control Processor Blade LEDs .

2. Enter the following commands and note any error conditions:

• slotShow – Displays the current data on each slot in the system, including blade type, blade ID, status, Brocade model name, and power usage.

• haShow

– Displays control processor (CP) status.

• tempShow – Displays temperature reading of blades.

• sensorShow – Displays temperature reading of blades with fan and power supply status.

• errDump – Displays the entire system error log.

• errShow

–Displays error log messages one at a time.

See

Using Monitoring Commands and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

for output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands. For more information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

154

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

WWN Cards

WWN Card Overview

Two WWN cards are located behind the WWN bezel (logo plate) between the power supplies on the nonport side of the device. WWN 1 is located on the left side, and WWN 2 is located on the right side. The WWN cards store critical configuration data, such as WWN, IP addresses, part and serial numbers, and license IDs for the device.

Identical data must be maintained on each WWN card at all times so that if one card fails, the system can use the other card to provide valid system operation. To maintain data and ensure its integrity, the system audits both WWN cards one hour after the first system bootup, every 24 hours after bootup, and any time a WWN card is inserted to compare the critical data.

If a data mismatch is detected during the audit, messages in the RASlog will provide a summary of all errors detected and prompt you through a data recovery process. The wwnrecover utility permits recovery of WWN card data in the event of corruption. The data recovery mechanism may vary depending on the error encountered and the data being compared.

Problems such as a mismatch between license IDs cannot be fixed with wwnrecover , and the output will direct you to call Brocade Technical Support. For other problems, running wwnrecover can pinpoint the problem and, in some cases, permit you to fix it. Mismatched data can be resolved, and corrupt data can sometimes be recovered. For more information on the wwnrecover utility, see

Using the wwnrecover Utility

.

NOTE

The device will operate with one WWN card but will be in a degraded condition. If you have removed a card, be sure to replace it as soon as possible.

WWN Card Location and Numbering

The WWN cards are located behind the WWN bezel (logo bezel) on the nonport side of the device between the power supplies. The bezel must be removed to access the card trays. The following figure illustrates the WWN card location and numbering.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

155

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 64: WWN Card Location and Numbering

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. WWN Card 1

2. WWN Card 2

Precautions Specific to WWN Cards

Observe the following precautions for these cards:

Wear an appropriately grounded ESD wrist strap when handling and installing device blades and cards. Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to chassis ground (if the chassis is plugged in) or a bench ground.

The device will operate with one WWN card, but will be in degraded condition. If you have removed a card, be sure to replace as soon as possible.

NOTE

Do not use steps in the WWN card and WWN card bezel removal procedures to disable logical switches and power down the device.

DANGER

For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

CAUTION

Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

WWN Card Fault Indicators

Before replacing a WWN card, verify that the replacement is necessary. Any of the following events can indicate that cards require replacement:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

156

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

RASlog messages may occur during periodic WWN card audit routines, alerting you of data or license mismatches between WWN cards and other errors. Some of these messages may direct you to contact technical support or to run the wwnrecover

command. You can use this command to further verify or to fix problems. If an EM-1220 or EM-1222 error message occurs due to WWN card data corruption or data mismatches across WWN cards, data recovery may be possible using this command. For more information on using wwnrecover

, see

Using the wwnrecover Utility

. If recovery is not possible, the command output directs you to replace the affected card(s).

Status LEDs on the WWN bezel do not reflect the actual status of the WWN cards or indicate a problem. For

information on interpreting LED patterns, see Interpreting WWN Card LEDs . Note that the LED patterns may

temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

You might experience problems viewing or modifying the data stored on the WWN card.

Error messages might be observed regarding WWN units in chassisshow output.

Error messages that may indicate problems with a WWN card are summarized in the following table.

Table 32: Messages That May Indicate WWN Card Failure

Type of Message

WWN unit fails its field-replaceable unit

(FRU) header access.

WWN unit fails to power on.

Sample Error Message

0x24c (fabos): Switch: switchname, error

EM-I2C_TIMEOUT, 2, WWN 1 I2C timed out: state 0x4

<timestamp>, [EM-1004],

<sequence-number>, CRITICAL,

<system-name>, WWN # failed to power onor<timestamp>, [EM-1043],

<sequence-number>, WARNING,

<system-name>, Can't power <FRU Id>

<state (on or off)>.

WWN unit is faulted.

0x24c (fabos): Switch: switchname

, Critical EM-WWN_UNKNOWN, 1, Unknown

WWN #2 is being faultedor<timestamp>,

[EM-1003], 40, SLOT 7 | FFDC | CHASSIS,

CRITICAL, Brocade_Chassis, WWN 2 has unknown hardware identifier: FRU faultedor<timestamp>,

[EM-1034], <sequence-number>, ERROR,

<system-name>, WWN # set to faulty, rc=<return code>

WWN unit is not present or is not accessible.

(

Writing to the FRU history log hilSetFruHistory

) has failed.

0x24c (fabos): Switch: switchname, Error EM-WWN_ABSENT, 2,

WWN #1 not presentor<timestamp>,

[EM-1036], <sequence-number>, WARNING,

<system-name>, <FRU Id> is not accessible.

0x24c (fabos): Switch: switchname, Error EM-HIL_FAIL, 2, HIL Error:

hilSetFruHistory failed, rc=-3 for SLOT 3

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

157

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

WWN Card Replacement Task Guide

This section contains a guide to more complete, detailed steps in this section for installing or replacing WWN cards when the device is running (hot-swap) or must be powered off (cold-swap). References are provided to more detailed WWN removal and installation steps for further information.

Replacing WWN Cards (Hot-Swap)

Use this procedure to replace WWN cards with system power on. You can use this procedure to replace one WWN card assembly at a time while power is on. To replace both cards, follow all steps for one card, and then repeat the same steps to replace the other card assembly.

1. Save settings and system data and order replacement WWN card(s) by following all steps under

Preparing for WWN

Card Replacement

.

2. Replace a card by following all steps under

Hot-Swap Replacement . Repeat these steps to replace the second WWN

card if necessary.

3. Verify WWN card operation using the steps under

Verifying WWN Card Operation

.

Replacing WWN Cards (Cold-Swap)

Use this procedure to replace WWN cards with system power off. You can use this procedure to replace one or both

WWN cards.

1. Save settings and system data and order the replacement WWN card by following all steps under Preparing for WWN

Card Replacement

.

2. Replace the card by following all steps under Cold-Swap Replacement .

3. Verify WWN card operation using the steps under

Verifying WWN Card Operation

.

Time and Items Required for Replacement

If there is a need to replace one or both WWN cards, allow approximately 20 minutes. See Using the wwnrecover Utility

and WWN Card Fault Indicators before replacement.

The following items are needed to replace the WWN cards:

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap

No. 1 Phillips screwdriver

Workstation computer

Using the wwnrecover Utility

The wwnrecover utility permits a recovery of WWN card data in the event of corruption. Recovery is not possible if hardware issues prevent access to either WWN card or if the primary and backup copy of the license ID on either card is corrupted.

Identical data must be maintained on each WWN card at all times so that if one card fails, the system can use the other card to provide valid system operation. To maintain data and ensure its integrity, the system audits both WWN cards one hour after the first system boot-up, every 24 hours after boot-up, and any time a WWN card is inserted to compare the critical data.

If a data mismatch is detected during the audit, messages in the RASlog will provide a summary of all errors detected and prompt you through a data recovery process. The data recovery mechanism may vary depending on the error encountered and the data being compared. Problems such as a mismatch between license IDs cannot be fixed with wwnrecover , and the output will direct you to call Brocade Technical Support. For other problems, running wwnrecover can pinpoint the problem and, in some cases, permit you to fix it. Mismatched data can be resolved, and corrupt data can sometimes be recovered.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

158

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

The following table lists RASlog messages that can occur during the WWN card audit routine.

Table 33: RASlog Messages from WWN Card Audit

Error Message

[EM-1220]...M1, ERROR ... A problem was found on one or both CID cards (x), please run the wwnrecover tool to get more information and recovery options.

[EM-1221], ... M1, INFO, ... A WWN card has been inserted, a WWN verification audit will be run to detect any mismatches or other problems.

[HIL-1650], CHASSIS, ERROR...Unable to detect WWN cards in chassis. Access to WWN halted...

[EM-1222], ... M1, WARNING, ... A WWN card access problem has been encountered, please run the wwnrecover tool to get more information and recovery options.

Recovery is not possible. Please contact

Brocade Technical Support for replacement of the corrupted or inaccessible WWN(s).

Issue

Some kind of error or mismatch has been detected in the WWN card audit.

A second WWN card is enabled and the WWN card audit will be run. If an error is detected during the audit, EM-1220 and

EM-1222 messages are generated.

The WWN card has been removed from the device. Replace the card as soon as possible since the system is in a degraded state.

An error is detected during normal access to the WWN cards; typically, one of the cards is corrupted or inaccessible.

The license ID on the two WWN cards does not match.

The wwnrecover utility must be used to maintain data integrity when replacing one or both WWN cards using instructions in the WWN card removal and replacement section. To run wwnrecover , log on as admin and enter the following command: switch:admin# wwnrecover

For more information on wwnrecover and command syntax, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference

Manual

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

159

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Preparing for WWN Card Replacement

If the WWN cards require replacement, complete the following steps. Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions.

1. Open a Telnet session to the device and log on to the active CP blade as admin. The default password is "password".

2. Verify that you are logged on to the active CP blade. Run the haShow command to determine the active CP blade.

3. Run the supportSave command on the active CP blade to capture all settings. These settings will be referenced to verify the settings have been correctly programmed after WWN replacement.

4. Run the following commands on the device before replacing the cards so that the data can be verified after the replacement:

• chassisname

• chassisshow (look at the WWN and chassis information in the example below)

• configupload -all

• configupload -vf

• ficonshow switchrnid (FICON/mainframe environments only)

• ipaddrshow

• licenseidshow

• switchname

• wwncardshow ipdata

The factory serial number and the sequence number in the following output from the chassisShow command should match. In the ficonshow switchrnid output, a sequence number indicates the logical switch number, if virtual fabrics are enabled: switch:FID128:admin> chassisshow

<output truncated>

WWN Unit: 1

System AirFlow: Non-portside Intake

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -1W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003194-02

Factory Serial Num: DZH0331L039

Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15

Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0

Time Alive: 24 days

Time Awake: 0 days

WWN Unit: 2

System AirFlow: Non-portside Intake

Header Version: 2

Power Consume Factor: -1W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003194-02

Factory Serial Num: DZH0331L032

Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15

Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0

Time Alive: 24 days

Time Awake: 0 days

Chassis Factory Serial Num: AFY2530G00S switch:admin> ficonshow switchrnid

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

160

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

{

{Switch WWN Flag Parm

10:00:00:05:1e:95:b1:00 0x00 0x200a00

Type number: SLKWRM

Model number: DCX

Manufacturer: BRD

Plant of Manufacture: CA

Sequence Number: 0AFX2533G001

tag: b6ff

}

5. Contact Brocade Technical Support for the replacement of WWN cards. Brocade support will request the partner or

OEM to send WWN cards from FRU inventory to the nearest Brocade Support office to be reprogrammed. Brocade

Support will require that the

Supportsave

data were taken in the previous step so that the replacement cards can be reprogrammed prior to shipping to the partner or your site. If Brocade support has determined that both WWN cards need replacing, you must replace both WWN cards as a matched pair.

Hot-Swap Replacement

You may replace one WWN card assembly at a time with the system powered on using the following steps to avoid interruption of system operation.

Use this procedure if Brocade Customer Support has determined that a WWN card needs replaced and you have received replacement cards. These procedures require that you use the wwnrecover utility.

1. Remove the defective WWN card assembly using procedures under Removing the WWN Card and Bezel .

Removing a WWN card assembly will result in RASlog messages indicating that a WWN card cannot be detected.

Since the system will be in a degraded state, replace the WWN card as soon as possible.

2. Install the replacement WWN card assembly into the empty slot using the following steps: a) Holding the card assembly by its edges with both hands along its length, slide it into the chassis slot.

b) Push with your thumb on the end of the assembly to fully seat it into the backplane connector.

c) Use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten the captive screw and secure the card assembly to the chassis.

NOTE

Be sure that the captive screws are tightened. If they are not tightened, high pressure from fan operation may unseat cards from chassis connectors.

3. Verify that the WWN card is correctly connected by noting if the LEDs on the card reflect the status of the components.

4. Address any issues flagged by any RASlog EM-1220 and EM-1222 messages that display for the new card before proceeding.

NOTE

To avoid invalid WWN data, errors, and operating problems, issues relating to data recovery on new WWN cards must be resolved at this point before proceeding. If EM-1220 messages indicate that IP addresses on installed WWN cards do not match, follow instructions in the message to recover the IP address so that both cards use the same address.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

161

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

5. Determine the active CP blade by entering the haShow

command.

6. On the active CP blade, run the wwnrecover

command and specify the WWN card that you replaced (WWN 2 or

WWN 1) when prompted.

7. If wwnrecover

messages prompt for a system reboot, reboot both CP blades to ensure the system is running with valid WWN card data.

8. Enter the hafailover

command to force failover so that the standby CP blade becomes the active CP blade.

This command is necessary so that the correct IP address for the new card displays for the ipaddrshow command.

For more information on these commands, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

9. Verify the new card settings by running the following commands and comparing the output with the original supportsave data:

• chassisname

• chassisshow (look at the WWN and chassis information at the bottom)

• ipaddrshow

• licenseidshow

• switchname

• wwncardshow ipdata

10. If replacing the second WWN card, repeat the previous steps in this procedure for the other card.

11. Install the WWN bezel on the chassis.

a) Orient the bezel on the chassis.

b) Insert and tighten both screws using a Phillips screwdriver.

12. Pack faulty WWN cards in the packaging provided with the replacement cards, and return them to Brocade Support for failure analysis (FA).

Cold-Swap Replacement

Use this procedure when you can interrupt system operation and replace one or both WWN cards with the system powered down. You can replace one WWN card or both WWN cards, one at a time, with system power on using steps under

Hot-Swap Replacement .

NOTE

Be aware that if replacing both WWN cards, the IP addresses on the new WWN cards will be in effect when the device powers up. If these IP addresses are different from the previous cards, then you will not be able to establish SSH or other sessions that use the previous IP addresses. You can change IP addresses on the new cards using the ipaddrset command.

1. Unpack the replacement WWN card assembly and save the packaging for the faulty WWN card(s).

The WWN card assemblies are labeled #1 for the left slot and #2 for the right slot.

2. Perform the following steps.

a) Log on to the device and execute the switchcfgpersistentdisable command on the main switch and other logical switches. The switchcfgpersistentdisable command disables the switches and ensures they remain disabled after the power is cycled. This allows you to check all the settings so that you can verify them before placing the device back into production.

switch:admin> switchcfgpersistentdisable

Switch's persistent state set to 'disabled'

If there are other logical switches on your chassis, use the setcontext command to connect to all the other switches and then run switchcfgpersistentdisable on these switches as well.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

162

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

3. Enter the sysShutdown

command. When command output indicates that the device has completed shut-down, remove power cords from all power supply assemblies.

4. Remove defective WWN card assemblies using steps under

Removing the WWN Card and Bezel

, and then continue with Step 5.

NOTE

There are two WWN card assemblies located behind the WWN bezel (logo plate). As you are facing the bezel, WWN 1 is located on the left side, and WWN 2 is on the right.

5. Install replacement WWN card assemblies into the empty slot using the following steps: a) Holding the card assembly by its edges with both hands along its length, slide it into the device slot.

b) Push with your thumb on the end of the assembly to fully seat into the backplane connector.

c) Use a No. 1 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the captive screw and secure the card assembly to the chassis.

NOTE

Be sure that the captive screws are tightened. If the captive screws have not been tightened, high pressure from fan operation may unseat cards from chassis connectors.

6. Power on the device and wait for five minutes for the device to boot.

7. Verify that the new WWN cards are correctly connected by checking the LED functions. For details on LED operation, see

Interpreting WWN Card LEDs

.

NOTE

The LEDs may take up to two minutes after WWN card installation to begin functioning.

8. Resolve any issues flagged by RASlog EM-1220 and EM-1222 messages that display for the new card(s) before proceeding.

NOTE

Issues relating to data recovery on new WWN cards must be resolved at this point before proceeding to avoid invalid WWN data, errors, and operating problems.

9. Determine the active CP blade by entering the haShow command.

10. On the active CP blade, run the wwnrecover command and specify WWN 2 card for recovery when prompted in wwnrecover output messages. See

Using the wwnrecover Utility

for more information on this command.

11. If wwnrecover messages prompt for a system reboot, reboot both CP blades to ensure that the system is running with valid WWN card data.

12. Verify the new card settings by running the following commands and comparing the output with the original supportsave data:

• chassisname

• chassisshow (look at the WWN and chassis information at the bottom)

• ipaddrshow

• licenseidshow

• switchname

• wwncardshow ipdata

13. Run the switchcfgpersistentenable command to persistently enable each logical switch that was disabled before removing the WWN card(s): switch:admin> switchcfgpersistentenable

Switch's persistent state set to 'enabled'

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

163

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

14. Install the WWN bezel on the chassis.

a) Orient the bezel on the chassis.

b) Insert and tighten both screws using a Phillips screwdriver.

15. Pack faulty WWN card assemblies in the packaging provided with the replacement cards, and return them to Brocade

Support for failure analysis (FA).

Removing the WWN Card and Bezel

Two WWN cards are located behind the WWN bezel. As you face the bezel on the nonport side of the device, WWN 1 is located on the left side, and WWN 2 is on the right. When cards have been determined faulty and the replacement WWN cards have been received, complete the following steps to remove the bezel and faulty WWN cards.

NOTE

Unless the device is powered down and not operational, do not perform these steps without first performing procedures under either

Hot-Swap Replacement or

Cold-Swap Replacement

.

1. Remove the two screws from the WWN bezel on the back of the device using a Phillips screwdriver. Pull the bezel away from the chassis and set it aside. The ends of both WWN card assemblies with pull tabs are now visible.

2. Unscrew the captive screw for the WWN card assembly using a Phillips screwdriver until the assembly releases from chassis.

3. Grasp the pull tab for a WWN card assembly and gently pull to release the assembly from backplane connector.

Carefully slide the card assembly out from the chassis slot.

Use both hands to support the card assembly along its length as you remove it from the slot.

Figure 65: Removing and Installing WWN Cards

Broadcom

1. WWN Card 1

2. WWN Card 2

X7-4-Install-IG100

164

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

3. WWN Card Bezel

4. Depending on the WWN card assembly removed, label the assembly with No. 1 for the left-side assembly and No. 2 for the right-side assembly for future reference.

5. Set the WWN card assembly on a static-free surface, such as a grounding pad.

Configuring the Airflow Direction on WWN Cards

All fan and power supply assemblies installed in the chassis must provide the same airflow direction, either nonport-side intake (NPI) or nonport-side exhaust (NPE), and the airflow must be neutral.

A mismatch of between the system and fan and power supply airflow direction may occur when installing new WWN cards into an existing chassis with fan and power supply assemblies already installed or when installing fan and power supply assemblies into a replacement chassis. Replacement chassis are shipped with new WWN cards installed, and the airflow direction is not configured on these cards.

The system detects the airflow direction of the chassis at system boot based on the airflow direction of installed power supply and fan assemblies. Normally, if there is a mismatch between airflow direction set on WWN cards and airflow direction of the installed fan and power supply assemblies, the system will automatically configure the established airflow direction on the WWN cards, provided

all

installed fan and power supply assemblies have the same airflow direction.

RASLOG messages such as the following will occur during this automatic configuration:

...[HIL-1630], 449, SLOT 1 CHASSIS, INFO, chassis1, Auto-configuring system airflow direction to Non-portside Exhaust

[HIL-1630], 449, SLOT 1 CHASSIS, INFO, chassis1, Auto-configuring

system airflow direction to Non-portside Intake

If airflow direction for power supply and fan assemblies does not match, WWN cards will not automatically reconfigure and the fan or power supply assembly with mismatched airflow will fault. In this case, you must replace fan or power supply assemblies to achieve matching airflow direction for all, and then reboot the system.

Verifying WWN Card Operation

Perform the following tasks to verify operation of the WWN cards:

1. Check the LED indicators on the WWN card bezel, located between the power supplies on the nonport side of the device. The LED patterns may temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests. For information on interpreting LED patterns, see

Interpreting WWN Card LEDs

.

2. Enter the errDump command. This displays the system error log. Refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference

Manual

for more information on the messages in this log.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

165

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Power Supply Assemblies

AC Power Supply Overview

This device supports the following AC power supply assemblies. All power supplies installed in the device must be of the same type and must match the airflow of installed fan assemblies.

The power supply model supporting nonport-side air intake (NPI) provides 1450W (100–120 VAC) and 2870W (200–

240 VAC). This assembly has two fans that move the air from the nonport side to the port side of the device.

The power supply model supporting nonport-side air exhaust (NPE) provides 1450W (100–120 VAC) and 2870W

(200–240 VAC). This assembly has two fans that move the air from the port side to the nonport side of the device.

The following figure illustrates the power supply assembly components.

Figure 66: AC Power Supply Assembly

1. Fan 1

2. Fan 2

3. Handle

4. Status LED

5. AC Power Cable Receptacle

6. Airflow Label

7. Captive Screw

The Brocade X7-4 Director has two power supplies installed. The use of the high-voltage line (200 to 240 VAC) is highly recommended because of better power conversion efficiency. See "Power Supply Requirements" in the Brocade X7

Director Technical Specifications for minimum power supplies required for AC low and high voltage line operation, redundancy in case of power supply failure, and other specifications.

Redundant AC primary power connections ensure high availability. Each power supply has its own connector, so two primary power connections are required for the X7-4 Director for optimum efficiency and redundancy.

Power supplies can be removed and replaced without special tools. If replacing one power supply, the device can continue operating during replacement if procedures are followed in this guide.

Power cords for these power supplies are available from Brocade that meet your site and country requirements.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

166

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

HVAC/HVDC Power Supply Overview

The Brocade X7 chassis supports a dual-function high-voltage AC, high-voltage DC (HVAC/HVDC) power supply assembly. This power supply converts AC or DC input to the required DC output power required for device operation.

Each HVAC/HVDC power supply assembly provides the following power outputs in Watts at the indicated AC and DC input rated voltages:

1450W (100–120 VAC)

2870W (200–277 VAC)

2870W (240–380 VDC)

The following HVAC/HVDC power supply models are supported:

Power supply model supporting nonport-side air intake (NPI). This assembly has two fans that move the air from the nonport side to the port side of the device.

Power supply model supporting nonport-side air exhaust (NPE). This assembly has two fans that move the air from the port side to the nonport side of the device.

Consider the following important notes about installing this power supply:

You cannot upgrade from standard voltage AC power supplies in an existing chassis to HVAC/HVDC power supplies.

You must order a new base chassis and the required HVAC/HVDC power supplies.

You cannot mix HVAC/HVDC and standard voltage AC power supplies in the same Brocade X7 chassis. All power supplies must be the same type.

All HVAC/HVDC power supplies installed in the device must be all either NPI or NPE models. The airflow direction must match the airflow direction of installed fans.

The following figure illustrates power supply assembly components.

Figure 67: HVAC/HVDC Power Supply Assembly

1. Fan 1

2. Fan 2

3. Handle

4. Status LED

5. HVAC/HVDC Power Cable Receptacle

6. Airflow Label

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

167

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

7. Captive Screw

8. Power Cable Restraint Cover

Consider the following information when connecting AC power:

The X7-4 Director has two power supplies installed. The use of the high-voltage line (200 to 277 VAC) is advised because of better power conversion efficiency. See "Power Supply Requirements" in the Brocade X7 Director

Technical Specifications for minimum power supplies required for AC low and high voltage line operation, redundancy in case of power supply failure, and other specifications.

Redundant AC primary power connections ensure high availability. Each power supply has its own connector, so two primary power connections are required for the X7-4 Director for optimum efficiency and redundancy.

Power supplies can be removed and replaced without special tools. If you are replacing one power supply in a configuration with N+1 or greater redundancy, the director can continue operating during the replacement if procedures in this guide are followed. Otherwise, installed blades may power off. See "Power supply requirements" in Brocade X7

Director Technical Specifications for more information about power supply redundancy.

Power cords are available from Brocade. Power cords are 6m (19.68 ft.) long and contain three colored 14 AWG unterminated wires, which are described in the following table:

Table 34: HVAC/HVDC Power Cable Wiring

Label (Color) Function

(black)

(green with yellow stripe)

(red)

Negative (-)

Earth ground (PE)

Return positive (+)

Power cords have an Anderson Saf-D-Grid 400 connectors on the power supply end and unterminated wires on the other end for attaching to AC or DC power sources. Either attach an AC power plug to these wires that meet your facility and local code requirements or connect wires to appropriate DC power terminal blocks.

Power Supply Assembly Numbering

The following figure illustrates the location and number identification of power supply assemblies in the chassis.

Figure 68: HVAC/HVDC Power Supply Assembly Numbering

1. Power Supply 1

2. Power Supply 2

Fan and Power Supply Airflow

All fans and power supply FRUs installed in this device must have either NPI (nonport-side intake) or NPE (nonportside exhaust) airflow. You must order a replacement FRU with the same part number (P/N) as the FRU being replaced to provide the same airflow. The manufacturing P/N, located on the top of the FRU, contains either NPI or NPE. If a

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

168

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide mismatched power source or fan assembly is installed by mistake, a RASlog message occurs indicating that a mismatch in fan or power supply airflow has occurred and the FRU is faulted.

NOTE

If airflow direction for a power supply assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction as stored on WWN cards, the power supply will have a "fault" status. However, the LED operation for the power supply will not indicate a fault. If the airflow direction for a fan assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction, the fan

LED will indicate a fault condition.

Power supply and fan assemblies are labeled with a green "E" or orange "I" airflow symbol. All fans and power supplies in a chassis must have the same label affixed to guarantee airflow direction is consistent.

Figure 69: Airflow Labels

The orange I symbol indicates an intake FRU. This unit pulls air in from the nonport side of the device and exhausts it out the port side. This symbol should appear on FRUs with part numbers that contain an NPI.

The green E symbol indicates an exhaust FRU. This unit pulls air in from the port side of the device and exhausts it out the nonport side. This symbol should appear on FRUs with part numbers that contain an NPE.

Ensure that the airflow direction of power supply and fan assemblies matches. If the power supply or fan airflow direction does not match, the FRU will fault. Faulty fans can cause an increase in temperature.

Airflow direction can be verified by entering the chassisShow

command. The following output shows an example from command output indicating mismatching airflow. WWN units should indicate "Nonport side Intake".

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1

Power Source: AC

Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake

...

FAN Unit: 2

Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake

...

WWN Unit: 1

System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

...

WWN Unit: 2

System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

NOTE

Ensure that the captive screws securing the fan and power supply assemblies are tightened. If they are not tightened, the air pressure inside the chassis may unseat these FRUs from chassis connectors.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

169

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Precautions Specific to Power Supply Assembly

Observe the following precautions when replacing the power supply assembly:

NOTE

Depending on the blade configuration of the device and the number of power supplies installed, the device may be able to continue operating while replacing a power supply. See "Power Supply Requirements" in the Brocade

X7 Director Technical Specifications for minimum power supplies required for AC low and high voltage line operation, redundancy in case of power supply failure, and other specifications. If there is insufficient power, the device will start powering down blades until the power demand can be met.

NOTE

A device with slots for eight port blades can have up to four power supplies installed. If you are adding additional

power supplies, you can use the procedures in this section under Installing a Power Supply

to install the new power supplies. Be sure to follow the steps on those procedures to enable sending notifications if the additional power supplies should fail.

NOTE

Make sure that captive screws securing power supply assemblies to chassis are tightened. If not, high pressure from fans' operation may unseat power supply assemblies from chassis connectors.

See

Safety Precautions for caution and danger notices related to installing power supplies.

Power Supply Assembly Fault Indicators

Use one of the following methods to determine if a power supply is faulty:

Check the power supply status LED.

The LED may take up to 10 seconds to illuminate. If the LED does not illuminate, the power supply has no incoming power. Check if the power supply is properly seated in the backplane connector. Check the power source to the power cord.

If the LED is flashing green, the power supply may be faulty.

For more information on LED operation, see Interpreting Power Supply LEDs

.

Enter psShow . If the status of power supply displays absent or faulty, check if power supply assembly is seated in chassis. If it is, the power supply could be faulty.

Enter sensorShow to determine if a power supply is running above average temperatures of other installed power supplies.

Enter errDump

to display the system error log. Refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

for more information on the messages in this log.

See the

Using Monitoring Commands

and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

for output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands.

For more information on error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Power Supply Assembly Task Guide

This section contains a guide to more complete, detailed steps in this section for installing or replacing power supply assemblies when the chassis is running (hot-swap) or must be powered off (cold-swap). References are provided for more detailed information.

NOTE

Depending on the blade configuration of the chassis and the number of power supplies installed, the chassis may be able to continue operating while you replace a power supply. See "Power Supply Requirements" in

Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications for the minimum power supplies required for AC low and high

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

170

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide voltage line operation, redundancy in case of power supply failure, and other specifications. If there is insufficient power, the chassis will start powering down blades until the power demand can be met.

Installing an Additional Power Supply (Hot-Install)

If your chassis is up and running, has empty slots for power supplies, and you want to install additional power supplies, complete the following steps:

1. Remove the filler panel from the empty power supply assembly slot.

2. Insert the new power supply assembly.

3. Plug the power cord into the new power supply assembly from the power source.

4. Verify the power supply assembly status LED.

Replacing a Power Supply Assembly (Hot-Swap)

If your chassis is up and running, but the power supply has failed, complete the following steps:

NOTE

Removing more than one power supply could result in insufficient system power, which could cause some blades to power down. Ensure that there is an adequate number of active power supply assemblies when removing a single power unit during hot-swapping. See "Power Supply Specifications" and "Power Supply

Requirements" in Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications for minimum power supplies required for low and high voltage line operation.

1. Unplug the power cable from failed power supply assembly.

2. Remove the power supply assembly.

3. Insert new power supply assembly.

4. Plug the power cord into a new power supply assembly from the power source.

5. Verify the power supply assembly status LED.

Replacing or Installing a Power Supply Assembly (Cold-Install or Cold-Swap)

If your chassis is up and running, but you want to power down the chassis to install additional power supply assemblies or replace failed power supply assemblies, complete the following steps:

1. Shut down the system using the sysShutdown command.

2. Unplug power cords from all power supply assemblies.

3. If adding a power supply assembly, remove the filler panel from the empty power supply assembly slot.

4. Install or replace power supply assemblies.

5. Plug power cords into all power supply assemblies from power sources.

6. Verify the power supply assembly status LEDs.

Time and Items Required

The procedure to remove or install a each power supply takes less than five minutes. A power supply unit or filler panel is required for the power supply replacement.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

171

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Removing a Power Supply

To remove a power supply, complete the following steps:

1. Before removing a power supply assembly, verify whether you can remove the power supply and leave the chassis operating (hot-swap replacement) or whether you must power down the chassis (cold-swap replacement).

NOTE

Depending on the blade configuration of the chassis and the number of power supplies installed, the chassis may be able to continue operating while replacing a power supply. See "Power Supply Specifications" and

"Power Supply Requirements" in Brocade X7 Director Technical Specifications for the minimum power supplies required for low and high voltage line operation, redundancy in case of power supply failure, and other specifications. If there is insufficient power, the chassis will power down blades until the power demand can be met.

2. Perform one of the following steps:

If you need to power down the chassis to remove a power supply, enter the sysShutdown command. See

Powering Down the Chassis

for detailed procedures. When the chassis completes shut-down, remove power cords from all power supply assemblies.

NOTE

To remove a power cord from an HVAC/HVDC power supply, you must remove the power cord retainer cover, if attached under the power cord connector, and then unlatch the power cord release latch located under the power cord connector.

If you can leave the chassis in operation and replace a power supply, unplug the power cord from the power supply assembly that you are replacing.

NOTE

Be sure to replace the power supply as soon as possible.

3. Loosen the captive screw on the right side of the power supply assembly until the screw releases from the chassis.

The captive screw is located just below the airflow label on the right side of the power supply assembly. If necessary, use a Phillips screwdriver.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

172

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

4. Grasp the handle and pull, sliding the power supply from the chassis and supporting the power supply from beneath as you remove it.

Figure 70: Removing and Installing a Power Supply Assembly

5. If you are not replacing the power supply and can leave the chassis operating, insert a filler panel into the slot and tighten the captive screw to secure to chassis.

Installing a Power Supply

To install a power supply, complete the following steps:

1. If a filler panel is installed over the slot where you are installing the power supply, remove the panel by loosening the captive screw located on the right side of the panel. When the screw releases from chassis, pull on the screw to lift the panel from the chassis slot.

2. Grasp the handle and slide the new power supply into the chassis while supporting the power supply from beneath.

Push the power supply into the slot until the connectors seat in the chassis backplane.

3. Verify that the power supply assembly is seated by gently pushing on the handle.

4. Push in a captive screw, and then tighten it with your fingers to secure the power supply assembly to the chassis.

NOTE

Make sure that the captive screws securing the power supply assembly to the chassis are tightened. If they are not tightened, high pressure from fan operation may unseat the power supply assembly from chassis connectors.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

173

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

5. Connect power to the power supply using the steps in Providing Power to the Device

Providing Power to the Device .

6. Verify that the power LED on the power supply displays steady green when power is fully applied.

Verifying Power Supply Operation

Perform the following tasks to verify the operation of the power supply:

1. Check the LED indicator on the power supply. The LED patterns may temporarily change during POST and other

diagnostic tests. For information on interpreting LED patterns, see Interpreting Power Supply LEDs

. Be sure to check all the power supply modules.

2. Check the power supply status by entering the following commands:

• psShow — Displays the status of each power supply as OK , Absent , or Faulty . If a power supply displays absent or faulty, contact the device supplier to order replacement parts. Both physically absent or faulty could also be the result of the power supply not being properly seated or being turned off.

• sensorShow — Displays current temperature and status of fan and power supply sensors located on the chassis.

• errDump — Displays all system error log messages.

• errShow

— Displays error log messages one at a time.

See

Using Monitoring Commands and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

for output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands. For more information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

174

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Fan Assemblies

Fan Assembly Overview

The following list shows important details that you should note about fan assemblies:

Two fan assemblies are installed in the chassis, containing two fans each, for a total of four fans.

The chassis requires three fans out of four functioning fans for operation.

Fan assemblies with the following airflow directions can be installed. All fan assemblies must have the same airflow direction and match the airflow direction of installed power supplies.

Fan assembly with nonport-side air intake: Fans move air from the nonport side to the port side of the chassis.

Fan assembly with nonport-side air exhaust: Fans move air from the port side to the nonport side of the chassis.

Fan assemblies can be removed and replaced without special tools.

The chassis can continue operation while one fan assembly is replaced if the fan assembly is replaced immediately.

The following figure illustrates fan assembly components.

Figure 71: Fan Assembly

1. Power LED

2. Captive Screw

3. Status LED

4. Airflow Label

5. Air Vent

6. Handle

7. Captive Screw

Fan and Power Supply Airflow

All fans and power supply FRUs installed in this device must have either NPI (nonport-side intake) or NPE (nonportside exhaust) airflow. You must order a replacement FRU with the same part number (P/N) as the FRU being replaced to provide the same airflow. The manufacturing P/N, located on the top of the FRU, contains either NPI or NPE. If a mismatched power source or fan assembly is installed by mistake, a RASlog message occurs indicating that a mismatch in fan or power supply airflow has occurred and the FRU is faulted.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

175

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

If airflow direction for a power supply assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction as stored on WWN cards, the power supply will have a "fault" status. However, the LED operation for the power supply will not indicate a fault. If the airflow direction for a fan assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction, the fan

LED will indicate a fault condition.

Power supply and fan assemblies are labeled with a green "E" or orange "I" airflow symbol. All fans and power supplies in a chassis must have the same label affixed to guarantee airflow direction is consistent.

Figure 72: Airflow Labels

The orange I symbol indicates an intake FRU. This unit pulls air in from the nonport side of the device and exhausts it out the port side. This symbol should appear on FRUs with part numbers that contain an NPI.

The green E symbol indicates an exhaust FRU. This unit pulls air in from the port side of the device and exhausts it out the nonport side. This symbol should appear on FRUs with part numbers that contain an NPE.

Ensure that the airflow direction of power supply and fan assemblies matches. If the power supply or fan airflow direction does not match, the FRU will fault. Faulty fans can cause an increase in temperature.

Airflow direction can be verified by entering the chassisShow

command. The following output shows an example from command output indicating mismatching airflow. WWN units should indicate "Nonport side Intake".

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1

Power Source: AC

Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake

...

FAN Unit: 2

Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake

...

WWN Unit: 1

System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

...

WWN Unit: 2

System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

NOTE

Ensure that the captive screws securing the fan and power supply assemblies are tightened. If they are not tightened, the air pressure inside the chassis may unseat these FRUs from chassis connectors.

Fan Assembly Numbering

The following figure illustrates the location and number identification of fan assemblies in the chassis.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

176

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Figure 73: Fan Assembly Numbering

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Fan Assembly 1

2. Fan Assembly 2

Precautions Specific to Fan Assemblies

Observe the following precautions when replacing fan assemblies.

NOTE

If a fan assembly has failed, do not remove it from the chassis unless an FRU is available for replacement. If the slot is left empty for an extended time period, this could cause chassis air-leakage and overheating.

NOTE

Make sure that the captive screws securing fan assemblies to the chassis are tightened. If they are not tightened, high pressure from fan operation may unseat the fan from chassis connectors.

Fan Assembly Fault Indicators

Use one of the following methods to determine if a fan assembly is faulty:

Check the fan status LED.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

177

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Steady amber – fan assembly has a failure (full or partial).

Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds) – fan assembly is not seated correctly or is faulty.

Fast-flashing amber (on ½ second, then off ½ second) – environmental range exceeded.

Enter fanShow . If the status of the fan assembly displays absent or faulty, check if the assembly is seated in the chassis. If it is seated, the power supply could be faulty or is not receiving power for some reason.

Enter sensorShow

to determine if a fan is running above average temperatures of other installed fan(s).

Enter errDump to display the system error log.

For more information on LED operation, see

Interpreting Fan Assembly LEDs

.

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, see Using Monitoring Commands and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

For more information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Fan Assembly Task Guide

This section addresses the steps for installing or replacing fan assemblies when the chassis is running (hot-swap) or must be powered off (cold-swap). References are provided for more details on removal and installation steps.

NOTE

Each fan assembly contains 2 fans for a total of 4 fans for two installed fan assemblies. The chassis requires 3 fans out of 4 functioning fans for operation. If hot-swapping a fan assembly, be sure to have the replacement fan assembly ready to install before removing a faulty fan assembly and replace as soon as possible.

NOTE

If a fan assembly has failed, do not remove it from the chassis unless an FRU is available for replacement. If the slot is left empty for an extended time period, this could cause chassis air leakage and overheating.

NOTE

Make sure that captive screws securing fan assemblies to the chassis are tightened. If the screws are not tightened, high pressure from fan operation may unseat the fan from chassis connectors.

Replacing a Fan Assembly (Hot-Swap)

If your chassis is up and running, but a fan assembly has failed, complete the following steps:

1. Remove fan assembly.

2. Insert new fan assembly into the empty slot as soon as possible.

3. Verify that the fan assembly status LED is green.

Replacing a Fan Assembly (Cold-Swap)

If your chassis is up and running, but you want to power down the chassis to replace a failed fan assembly, complete the following steps:

1. Shut down the system using the sysShutdown command.

2. Unplug power cords from receptacles on all power supply assemblies.

3. Remove faulty fan assembly.

4. Insert new fan assembly.

5. Plug the power cords into the all power supply assemblies from the power sources to the power chassis on.

6. Verify that the fan assembly status LEDs are green.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

178

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Time and Items Required

The replacement procedure for each fan assembly takes less than 5 minutes. The following items are required for the blower assembly replacement:

Replacement fan assembly

No. 1 Phillips screwdriver

Removing a Fan Assembly

Complete the following steps to remove a fan assembly from the chassis.

1. Before removing a fan assembly, refer to Precautions Specific to Fan Assemblies

to verify whether you can remove the power supply and leave the chassis operating (hot-swap replacement).

2. Perform one of the following steps:

If you need to power down the chassis to remove a fan assembly, enter the sysShutdown command. When command output indicates the chassis has completed shut-down, remove power cords from all power supply assemblies.

If you can hot-swap the fan assembly, go on to the next step.

NOTE

Replace fan as soon as possible to avoid overheating and eventual system shutdown.

3. Loosen the captive screw at each end of the fan assembly until the screw releases from the chassis. Use a No. 1

Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

4. Grasp the handle and pull, sliding the fan assembly from the chassis while supporting the fan assembly from beneath as you remove it.

Figure 74: Removing and Installing a Fan Assembly

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

179

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

5. If you are leaving power on for replacement (hot-swap), be sure to replace the fan assembly as soon as possible.

Installing a Fan Assembly

Complete the following steps to replace the fan assembly in a chassis:

1. Grasp the handle and carefully slide the fan assembly into the chassis while supporting the fan assembly from beneath.

2. Push the fan assembly fully into the slot with your fingers until it seats in the backplane connectors.

3. Verify that the power LED displays a green light.

4. Push in on each captive screw and tighten with a No. 1 Phillips screwdriver to secure the fan assembly to the chassis.

NOTE

Be sure that captive screws are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat fan from chassis connectors.

Verifying Fan Operation

Perform the following tasks to verify operation of a fan assembly:

1. Check the LED indicators on the fan assemblies. The fan assemblies are located on the nonport side of the device.

The LED patterns may temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests. For information on interpreting

LED patterns, see

Interpreting Fan Assembly LEDs

.

2. Check the fan assembly status using the following commands:

• fanShow – Displays the status for each fan assembly as OK, Absent, or Faulty. The RPM of each fan in the assembly is also provided. If a fan assembly displays a status of Absent or Faulty, contact the chassis supplier to order replacement parts. A status of either could be the result of the fan not being properly seated in the chassis slot.

• sensorShow – Displays current temperature and status of fan and power supply sensors located in the chassis.

• errShow

– Displays error log messages one at a time.

• errDump – Displays the entire system error log.

See

Using Monitoring Commands and the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

for output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands. For more information about error messages, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference Manual

.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

180

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Blade Filler Panels

Blade Filler Panel Removal and Replacement

When installing a blade into the device, you may need to first remove a blade filler panel. Be sure to keep all filler panels in a safe place in case you need to remove a blade for an indefinite period of time. Cover all empty slots with blade filler panels. Failure to do so will adversely affect device cooling.

CAUTION

If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

Blade filler panels have a latch mechanism at each end of the panel. Both latches must be opened to remove and install the panel.

NOTE

Filler panels for Brocade DCX and Brocade DCX 8510 Directors are not interchangeable with filler panels for X7

Directors.

NOTE

X7 blade filler panels have been designed to meet the thermal specifications of an X7 chassis. Do not replace

X7 blade filler panels with those from an X6 chassis.

Removing a Filler Panel

Complete the following steps to remove a filler panel from a blade slot:

1. Remove the chassis door.

2. Pull out the spring-loaded latch release on the latch at each end of the cover using your thumb and forefinger and slide the latches toward the center of the cover.

This action moves the latches away from the ends of the slot to unlatch the cover from chassis.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

181

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

3. Using the latch pull tabs as handles, pull the filler panel out of the chassis.

Figure 75: Removing and Installing the Blade Filler Panel in an X7-4 Director

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

1. Latch Pull Tab

2. Latch Release

NOTE

Filler panels for Brocade DCX and Brocade DCX 8510 Directors are not interchangeable with filler panels for

X7 Directors.

Installing a Filler Panel

1. Pull out the spring-loaded latch release on the latch at each end of the cover using your thumb and forefinger and slide the latches toward the center of the cover.

2. Orient the filler panel over the empty slot and slide it into the slot.

3. Pull out the spring-loaded latch release at each end it of the cover and slide each latch toward the end of the cover.

This action should slide the latches into the chassis and lock the panel in place. If not, the cover may not be seated fully into the slot. Try unlatching both ends, pushing the cover firmly into the slot, and then latching both ends again.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

182

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

Be sure filler panels are securely latched. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat blade from chassis connectors.

Figure 76: Removing and Installing the Blade Filler Panel on an X7-4 Director

1. Latch Pull Tab

2. Latch Release

4. Reinstall the chassis door. The door must be installed to meet EMI compliance.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

183

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Cable Management Fingers

Cable Management Fingers Overview

The X7-4 Director comes equipped with two vertical cable management finger assemblies. It can continue to operate during the replacement of the cable management fingers. Due to the horizontal orientation of the blades in the device, the finger assemblies are attached to the uprights of the mounting rack.

Time and Items Required for Removal and Replacement

The replacement procedure for the cable management fingers takes less than five minutes. A No. 1 Phillips screwdriver is required.

Removing the Cable Management Finger Assembly

Complete the following steps to remove the cable management finger assemblies from rack uprights. Cable management finger assemblies are shown installed in the following figure.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

184

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 77: Cable Management Fingers Installed on Rack Uprights on an X7-4 Director

1. Cable Management Finger Assemblies

1. Remove the cables from the cable management finger assembly and rearrange the cables around the assembly.

2. Unscrew and save the three (3) screws that hold the finger assembly to the rack upright.

3. Remove the cable management finger assembly.

4. If necessary, repeat steps 1 through 3 for the other finger assembly.

Installing the Cable Management Finger Assembly

Complete the following steps to install the cable management finger assembly:

1. Position and tighten the three (3) screws to secure the vertical cable management finger assembly to the rack upright.

Cable management finger assemblies are shown installed in the following figure.

Figure 78: Cable Management Finger Assemblies in an X7-4 Director

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

185

1. Cable Management Finger Assemblies

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

2. Arrange the cables along with the cable management finger assembly.

3. If necessary, repeat steps 1 and 2 for the other cable management finger assembly.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

186

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Chassis Door

Chassis Door Overview

The chassis door must be installed to ensure that the device meets EMI and other regulatory certifications. A receiving hole is located on each corner on the back side of the door. Each hole snaps into a ball stud located on a matching corner of the chassis.

Time and Items Required

Removal and reinstallation should take less than 5 minutes.

Required for installation are the door assembly, packaged separately from the chassis, and ball studs for the door. Ball studs are packaged with the door assembly.

The door assembly is packaged separately from the chassis.

Removing a Chassis Door

Support the door to prevent it from falling. Pull and remove the door. It will pop off the ball studs.

Figure 79: Removal and Replacement of the Chassis Door

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

187

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Installing a Chassis Door

Complete the following steps to install the door on the port side of the chassis.

1. Install six ball studs into the chassis at locations indicated in the following figure. Using your fingers, thread three ball studs into the holes located at the top of the chassis air vent and three ball studs into the holes located below the blades at the bottom of the chassis. Screw ball studs in finger tight.

NOTE

The ball studs are packaged with the chassis in the accessory tray.

Figure 80: Installing Door Ball Studs into X7-4 Chassis

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

188

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

2. Align the six ball stud attachment holes in the back of the door with the six ball studs in the chassis and push the door into place. It will snap onto the studs.

Figure 81: Installing Chassis Door

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

189

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Replacing the Chassis

Chassis Replacement Overview

Before replacing the chassis, you will need to remove all the blades and the FRUs, except the WWN cards, from the existing chassis. You will reinstall these in the replacement chassis.

Follow the procedures in this section exactly. Follow the procedures in this section exactly. Do not begin the removal process before you familiarize yourself with all of the steps in the procedure because you will need to save critical device and SAN information for these components before you disconnect the chassis from the network, fabric, and power.

After you reinstall components in the new chassis, follow the procedures exactly to reconnect the chassis to the network, fabric, and power. Then, download firmware, if necessary, and verify the system operation and configuration.

NOTE

New WWN cards are shipped preinstalled in the replacement chassis. Do not replace the WWN cards in the replacement chassis with the old WWN cards from chassis that you are replacing. This will result in licensing issues and return materials authorization (RMA) issues for your product. The original license will be transferred to the replacement chassis, based on the license identification (LID) of the new, preinstalled WWN card, through the RMA process. You should be provided a license for the new chassis through email. If you have not received this, contact your Brocade support representative.

Before beginning these procedures, perform the following tasks:

Place the replacement chassis in close proximity to the old chassis.

Provide a surface on which to place the old chassis, such as a second lift or the pallet originally provided with the chassis.

Obtain all tools and other materials listed under Time and Items Required .

To unpack and transport the new chassis, follow procedures under Unpacking and Transporting the Device .

Precautions Specific to Chassis Replacement

Observe the following precautions when replacing the chassis.

When removing components, wear a wrist grounding strap connected to bench ground.

DANGER

For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

DANGER

Disconnect the power cord from all power sources to completely remove power from the device.

DANGER

Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

DANGER

Make sure the rack housing the device is adequately secured to prevent it from becoming unstable or falling over.

Chassis Replacement Task Guide

The following are the basic tasks for removing and replacing the chassis with its backplane:

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

190

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

The device must be removed from the fabric and powered off to perform these tasks. Contact your support provider if you have any questions about whether the chassis requires replacement.

1.

Recording Critical Device and SAN Information

2.

Disconnecting from the Network and Fabric

3.

Removing Components from the Chassis

4.

Installing the Replacement Chassis

5.

Installing Components into the Chassis

6.

Downloading the Configuration

7.

Reconnecting the System to the Network and Fabric

8.

Verifying Correct Operation of the System

Chassis Fault Indicators

Verify that the replacement of the chassis is necessary. If error messages and LED operation indicates faulty components, ensure that the components are firmly seated. Contact your support provider with any questions about whether the chassis should be replaced.

Any of the following events might indicate the need to replace the chassis:

Visible mechanical damage to the chassis, including damage to sheet metal or card guides, that prevents the correct installation of a blade.

Bent or damaged connectors on the backplane (the surface inside the chassis to which the blades connect).

One or more components (such as a power supply, blower assembly, port blade, control processor blade, core switch blade, or WWN card) do not function properly even after the component is replaced.

Intermittent FAULTY codes for blades. Reseat the blade and visually inspect the ejector stiffening rails for possible wear or damage. It is important that the blade ejector handles not slip out during blade installation. If this happens, it is usually due to excessive wear or damage to the ejector stiffening rails.

The psShow or fanShow commands continue to show a faulty component even though the component was replaced.

The slotShow

command continues to show a faulty control processor, core switch, or port blade even though the blade was replaced.

Time and Items Required

The chassis replacement takes approximately 3 to 4 hours.

The following items are required for the chassis replacement:

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap.

ESD grounding pads for protecting all blades and WWN cards.

Serial cable and workstation computer with a terminal emulator application (such as HyperTerminal for Windows systems or TIP for Solaris systems), required only if serial console session used.

A pallet jack or hydraulic or assisted lift that raises a minimum of 140 cm (55 in.) and carries a minimum of 113 kg (250 lb).

A surface on which to place the old chassis, such as a second lift or the pallet originally provided with the old chassis.

No. 1 and No. 2 Phillips screwdrivers. Use a No. 1 Phillips screwdriver for removing and installing blades and FRUs in the chassis.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

191

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Preparing for Replacement

Before beginning replacement procedures you must run a series of Fabric OS commands and record device information for safekeeping that may be required for installing and configuring the new chassis. This includes information on licenses,

IP addresses, WWNs, serial numbers, switch IDs, location of configuration files, and fabric details. It also includes information that might be required by Technical Support.

Recording Critical Device and SAN Information

instructs you to run the following commands and record specific output:

• chassisShow

• configUpload - all

• configupload -vf

• fabricShow

• ipAddrShow -sw

• licenseShow

• nsAllShow

• nsShow

• supportShow

• switchShow -qsfp

Before beginning replacement, you must also properly shut down the device and disconnect from the fabric and power using procedures under

Disconnecting from the Network and Fabric

.

Recording Critical Device and SAN Information

Use a checklist, such as the following, to ensure that critical information is recorded for installing the new chassis.

This information includes current chassis IP addresses, license keys, the new chassis serial number, and output from supportShow , fabricShow , and other commands. Save output from these commands to the text files listed in the table.

All commands must be entered from a CLI session (Telnet or serial) to the active CP blade unless otherwise indicated. For detailed information about Fabric OS commands, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

Table 35: Critical Information Checklist

Checked?

Configuration information

Data

Location of config-switch.txt

file

Location of config-miscinfo.txt

file

IP address, subnet mask

WWN for the device

SAN profile

Location of

ANbefor.txt

file

Notes regarding nsshow

output

Notes regarding nsallshow

output

Notes regarding switchshow

output

Notes regarding fabricshow

output

Output from licenseshow

command

License keys and other licensing data for licensed products enabled on device.

Notes

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

192

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Checked?

Output from supportshow

command

Data Notes

Location of "spptshow.txt" file

Notes regarding supportshow

output

Information about the new chassis

New factory serial number

New serial number (if available)

1. Open a telnet session and log on to the device as admin . The default password is password . Enable the logging function on your telnet or serial console connection.

2. Back up the current configuration by entering the configupload -all . Enter the requested information at the prompts.

NOTE

If you are using the Virtual Fabric feature, run configupload -vf before running the configupload command to save the logical switch configuration.

This configUpload -all command uploads the device configuration to the customer-defined FTP server, making it available for downloading. Alternatively, you can save the configuration file to a USB device. For more information about this command, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference Manual

.

switch:admin> configupload

Protocol (scp or ftp) [ftp]: ftp

Server Name or IP Address [host]: 123.123.123.123

User Name [user]: Admin24

File Name [config.txt]: config-switch0.txt

Password:

Upload complete switch:admin>

3. Record the WWN value: Enter wwn , and then copy the command output into a file named config-miscinfo.txt

.

switch:admin> wwn

10:00:00:60:69:00:00:0a

4. Enter ipAddrShow , and then copy the command output into the config-miscinfo.txt

file.

switch:admin> ipaddrshow

Chassis

Ethernet IP Address: 10.33.60.85

Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0

CP0

Ethernet IP Address: 10.33.60.86

Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0

Host Name: cp0

Gateway IP Address: 10.33.48.1

CP1

Ethernet IP Address: 10.33.60.87

Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0

Host Name: cp1

Gateway IP Address: 10.33.48.1

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

193

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.5

Backplane IP address of CP1 : 10.0.0.6

IPv6 Autoconfiguration Enabled: Yes

Local IPv6 Addresses: chassis 0 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:e45a/64 preferred chassis 0 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:e45a/64 preferred cp 0 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe40:6230/64 preferred cp 0 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe40:6230/64 preferred cp 1 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:ff2a/64 preferred cp 1 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:ff2a/64 preferred

IPv6 Gateways: cp 0 fe80:60:69bc:63::3 cp 0 fe80:60:69bc:63::1 cp 0 fe80:60:69bc:63::2 cp 1 fe80:60:69bc:63::1 cp 1 fe80:60:69bc:63::2 cp 1 fe80:60:69bc:63::3

5. Display and record the manufacturer serial numbers.

Enter chassisShow , and then copy the command output into the config-miscinfo.txt

file.

"Factory Serial Num" and "Serial Num" are listed under "Chassis/WWN Unit 1" and "Chassis/WWN Unit 2". If the current WWN cards are the original cards, the factory serial number listed is the same as the chassis serial number.

6. Create a SAN profile by entering and recording the information provided by the following commands:

• fabricShow

• nsAllShow

• nsShow

• switchShow -qsfp

Copy the command output into a text file named "SANbefor.txt." After the device is restored to the fabric, this information can be used to verify that no unintentional changes have occurred to the fabric.

switch:admin> nsshow

Enter Pid COS PortName NodeName TTL

<output truncated> switch:admin> nsallshow

12 Nx_Ports in the Fabric

<output truncated> switch:admin> switchshow switchName: switch

<output truncated> switch:admin> fabricshow

Switch ID Worldwide Name Enet IP Addr FC IP Addr Name

<output truncated> switch:admin>

7. Enter licenseShow , and then copy the command output into a text file named licenseshow.txt

.

Core-X7-8_Upgraded:admin> license --show

License Id : 10:00:00:27:f8:f2:76:f8

License 1 :

-------------------------------------------------------------

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

194

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

License serial number : FOS-01-0-01-11201881

License features : Inter Chassis Link (ICL)

License Capacity : 64 (16 QSFPs per CR blade or 32 QSFPs per chassis)

Generation date : 10/21/2019

License 2 :

-------------------------------------------------------------

License serial number : FOS-01-0-04-11201903

License features : Extended Fabric

Trunking

Fabric Vision and IO Insight

Generation date : 10/21/2019

8. Enter supportShow ; then copy the command output into a text file named spptshow.txt

.

NOTE

The supportShow command has a very long output and time for completion. It may last 20 minutes or longer depending on the size of the SAN.

This command displays support information from groups of preselected Fabric OS and Linux commands. Groups include os, exception, port, fabric, services, security, network, portlog, system, extend, filter, ficon, iswitch, asic_db, fcip, ag, dce_hsl, and crypto. This provides a backup of all the information that might be required by Technical Support and can be used after the device is restored to the fabric to verify that no unintentional changes have occurred to the fabric.

Core-X7-8:admin> supportshow

SS Create lscfg_test

VF

======================

Date:

Fri Mar 6 09:17:42 UTC 2020

Time Zone:

Time Zone Hour Offset: 0

Time Zone Minute Offset: 0

Version:

Kernel: 4.1.35rt41

Fabric OS: v9.0.0_bld85_clone

Made on: Thu Mar 5 18:50:41 2020

Flash: Fri Mar 6 00:10:28 2020

BootProm: 4.0.11-sb

(truncated)

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

195

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

9. Record the cable connections between the chassis and the target device and ports.

10. Run supportSave

on the active CP blade.

11. Record the information that the supportSave command returns because it can be very important in case you have difficulties during the replacement process.

Disconnecting from the Network and Fabric

Complete the following steps to disconnect the chassis from the network:

1. Shut down the device using the sysShutdown command on the active CP blade.

switch:admin> sysshutdown

This command will shutdown the operating systems on your switch.

You must power-cycle the switch in order to restore operation.

Are you sure you want to shutdown the switch [y/n]?y

HA is disabled

Stopping blade 1

Shutting down the blade....

Stopping blade 2

Shutting down the blade....

Stopping blade 8

Shutting down the blade....

Broadcast message from root (pts/1) Tue April 12 14:23:06 2008...

The system is going down for system halt NOW !!

DANGER

Disconnect the power cord from all power sources to completely remove power from the device.

2. Power off the chassis by removing the power cords from the power supplies and the power outlets.

3. Remove the chassis door.

4. Label the cables connected to all blades and record the connections. For each connection, identify the director slot and port, the device connected, and the slot or port on the connected device.

5. Disconnect the cables from the transceivers in the extension, port, and core routing blades and set them aside. For transceivers with integrated cables, remove the transceivers and cables together and set them aside. Transceivers without integrated cables can be left in the blades or removed.

6. Disconnect all cables from the CP blades.

Removing Components from the Chassis

Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions when removing components. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to a chassis ground (if the device is plugged in) or a bench ground.

NOTE

Do not remove WWN cards from the chassis as new WWN cards are shipped preinstalled in the replacement chassis. Do not replace the WWN cards in the replacement chassis with the old WWN cards as this will result in licensing and return materials authorization (RMA) issues for your product. The original license will be transferred to the replacement chassis, based on the license identification (LID) of the new, preinstalled WWN card, through the RMA process. You should be provided a license for the new chassis through email. If you have not received this, contact your Brocade support representative.

When removing components, wear a wrist grounding strap connected to a bench ground.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

196

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

DANGER

For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

1. Remove the chassis door (

Removing a Chassis Door ) if not already removed.

2. Remove the port, extension, blades, or filler panels (

Removing a Blade

and

Removing a Filler Panel ).

3. Remove the core routing blades ( Removing a Core Routing Blade

).

4. Remove the control processor blades (

Removing a Blade)

.

5. Remove the power supply assemblies or filler panels (

Removing a Power Supply

).

6. Remove the fan assemblies (

Removing a Fan Assembly ).

Installing the Replacement Chassis

Complete the following steps to install the replacement chassis:

DANGER

Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

DANGER

A completely empty chassis weighs approximately 35.61 kg (78.5 lb) and requires a hydraulic or assisted lift to install it.

DANGER

Make sure the rack housing the device is adequately secured to prevent it from becoming unstable or falling over.

1. If the chassis is in a rack, remove it from the rack.

2. Place the chassis on a lift or on the shipping pallet provided with the original chassis and transport it to a storage location.

3. Unpack the new chassis.

a) Cut the bands that encircle the packaging.

b) Open the top of the shipping box and remove the accessory kit, the rack mount kits, and the foam from the top of the chassis.

c) Lift the cardboard shipping container and inner cardboard sleeve off the chassis.

d) Remove the antistatic plastic off the chassis.

e) Save the packing materials for use when returning the old chassis.

f) Leave the chassis on top of the foam shipping tray and wood pallet if the chassis must be transported to the installation location.

g) Verify the contents of the shipping carton by referring to Items Shipped .

h) Save the foam packing material and the wooden pallet for reuse.

4. Use a pallet jack or other assisted lift to transport the new chassis to the installation area. Doorways must be wider than 91 cm (36 in.) to accommodate the chassis on the pallet.

5. Use a lift to raise the chassis to the correct level. If installing the chassis in a rack, follow the instructions provided by the rack kit manufacturer.

Installing Components into the Chassis

Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions when installing new components. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to a chassis ground (if the device is plugged in) or a bench ground.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

197

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

NOTE

New WWN cards are shipped preinstalled in the replacement chassis. Do not replace the WWN cards in the replacement chassis with the old WWN cards from chassis that you are replacing. This will result in licensing and return materials authorization (RMA) issues for your product. The original license will be transferred to the replacement chassis, based on the license identification (LID) of the new, preinstalled WWN card, through the

RMA process. You should be provided a license for the new chassis through email. If you have not received this, contact your Brocade support representative.

DANGER

For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

1. Replace the fan assemblies (

Installing a Fan Assembly

).

2. Replace the power supplies or filler panels ( Installing a Power Supply

).

3. Replace the control processor (CP) blades ( Replacing a CP Blade ).

4. Replace the core routing (CR) blades ( Installing a Blade

).

5. Replace the port and extension blades or filler panels (

Installing a Blade

and Installing a Filler Panel

).

6. Plug in the power cords from the power source into all installed power supplies to power on the device. See Providing

Power to the Device .

The device performs a power-on self-test (POST). The POST takes a minimum of three minutes and is complete when

LED activity returns to the standard state. The power supply LED will light green when power is applied. Note that after one power supply is plugged into AC power, LEDs on the remaining installed power supplies will flash green until they also have full power.

7. Verify that the device is powered on and POST is complete (all power LED indicators on the blades should be a steady green).

8. Verify that all components are functioning correctly by checking their LEDs. If the LEDs do not indicate correct operation, try reinstalling the corresponding component.

Synchronizing Airflow Direction on WWN Cards

An airflow direction mismatch may occur if the airflow direction, nonport-side intake (NPI) or nonport-side exhaust (NPE), for installed fan and power supply assembly FRUs does not match the airflow direction set on the new WWN cards shipped with replacement chassis.

You can the check airflow direction for fans in the fan and the power supply assemblies installed in the device with the airflow direction set on the WWN cards by entering the chassisShow command. The airflow direction of the fans and the power supplies displays as "Fan Direction" under each fan or power supply unit. System airflow direction displays as

"System Airflow" under the WWN card unit.

If the chassisShow command or RASlog messages indicate a mismatch between the system airflow direction and the

airflow direction of the fan in the power supply or fan assemblies, see Configuring the Airflow Direction on WWN Cards for

instructions on configuring correct airflow direction on WWN cards.

NOTE

Changing the chassis airflow allows you to synchronize the established chassis airflow direction from the installed fan and the power supply assemblies with the airflow direction configured on the WWN cards. This procedure may need to be used after replacing WWN cards. This procedure must be performed when replacing the director chassis, as replacement chassis are shipped with new WWN cards installed and airflow direction is not configured on these cards. This procedure is not supported for any other purpose.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

198

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Downloading the Configuration

Once the chassis and its various components have been reassembled and powered back on, use the configDownload command to restore the original configuration. The configDownload command can be entered through a telnet or serial session, but the device must have an Ethernet connection to the server name or IP address of the host for the download process to complete. For more information, refer to the help configDownload command or the

Brocade Fabric OS

Command Reference Manual

.

Complete the following steps to download the configuration:

1. Log on to the device as admin .

switch:admin> login login: admin password: xxxxxxxx switch:admin>

NOTE

If you are using the Virtual Fabrics feature, you must run the configdownload -vf command

before

running the configdownload command to restore the logical switch configuration.

2. Enter the chassisDisable command.

3. Enter the configDownload command.

switch:admin> configdownload -all

Server Name or IP Address [host]: 123.123.123.123

User Name [None]: Admin24

File Name [config.txt]: config-switch.txt

Password: xxxxxxxx download complete switch:admin>

4. Reboot the device.

5. Enter the chassisEnable command to enable all user ports and enable a virtual fabric-aware chassis.

Reconnecting the System to the Network and Fabric

Complete the following steps to reconnect the device to the network and fabric.

1. Connect the CP blades to the local area network by following all steps in the following sections:

Establishing a Serial Connection to the Device

Configuring the IP Addresses

Establishing an Ethernet Connection to the Device

NOTE

Once an Ethernet connection is established, the device can be accessed by remote connection using any of the available management tools, such as Telnet or Web Tools.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

199

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

2. Reconnect the transceivers and cables to the port blades.

NOTE

The ports and cables used in trunking groups must meet specific requirements. For a list of these requirements, refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

.

a) Position one of the transceivers so that the key is oriented correctly to the port and insert the transceiver into the port until it is firmly seated and the latching mechanism clicks.

b) Select the cable that corresponds to the port and position it so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is aligned with the slot in the transceiver. Insert the cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

c) Repeat Step a and Step b for the remaining ports.

d) Organize the cables as required.

NOTE

Do not route cables in front of the air exhaust vents.

Verifying Correct Operation of the System

Complete the following steps to verify correct operation of the device:

1. Log on to the device as admin

.

switch:admin> login login: admin password: xxxxxxxx switch:admin>

2. Enter the chassisShow

command to verify that the airflow direction set on WWN cards matches the airflow direction for fans in fan and power supply assemblies installed in the device.

The airflow direction of the fans and the power supplies displays as "Fan Direction" under each fan or power supply unit. The system airflow direction displays as "System Airflow" under the WWN card unit. The following example shows the mismatch of the system airflow and the airflow direction in the installed fan and the power supply.

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1

Power Source: AC

Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake

...

FAN Unit: 2

Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake

...

WWN Unit: 1

System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

...

WWN Unit: 2

System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

The WWN units should indicate "Non-portside Intake." If there is a mismatch of airflow direction, RASlog messages will indicate a mismatch between the system airflow direction and the airflow direction of fan in power supply or fan assembly. See

Configuring the Airflow Direction on WWN Cards

for instructions on configuring correct airflow direction on WWN cards.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

200

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

3. Enter the slotShow -m

command and verify that all the installed cards are detected and that their status is operational (enabled).

4. Verify that the device is functioning correctly by entering the switchShow

command or the switchStatusShow command.

This switchShow

command displays the device and port status information.

5. Verify that all the IP address information is correct by entering the ipAddrShow

command and checking the results against the IP information recorded in the config-miscinfo.txt

file.

switch:admin> ipaddrshow

SWITCH

Ethernet IP Address: xxx.xxx.xxx.12

Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.55.0.0

Fibre Channel IP Address: 1.2.3.4

Fibre Channel Subnetmask: 255.255.255.0

CP0

Ethernet IP Address: xxx.xxx.xxx.10

Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.55.0.0

HostName : cp0

Gateway Address: xxx.xxx.xxx.1

CP1

Ethernet IP Address: xxx.xxx.xxx.11

Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.55.0.0

HostName : cp1

Gateway Address: .1

Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.4

Backplane IP address of CP1 : 10.0.0.5

switch:admin>switch:admin>

Verifying Correct Configuration of the Fabric

Copy the command outputs from this section into a file. You must be logged in with Admin privileges.

1. Create an after process SAN profile by entering the following commands and copying the output to a text file named

SANafter.txt

:

• fabricShow

• lscfg --show (if using the Virtual Fabrics feature)

• nsAllShow

• nsShow

• switchShow switch:admin> nsshow

Type Pid COS PortName NodeName TTL(sec)

N 020f00; 3;10:00:00:01:73:00:29:46;10:00:00:01:73:00:29:46; na

Fabric Port Name: 20:0f:00:60:69:90:03:f0

<output truncated> switch:admin> nsallshow

{

020f00 021fda 021fdc 021fe0 021fe1

5 Nx_Ports in the Fabric} switch:admin> switchshow

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

201

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide switchName: rsl8-st03-01

<output truncated> switch:admin> fabricshow

Switch ID Worldwide Name Enet IP Addr FC IP Addr Name

<output truncated> switch:admin>lscfg --show

Created switches: 128(ds) 1 2(bs)

Port 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-------------------------------------------------------------------

FID 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 128 | 128 | 128 | 128 | 128 |

<output truncated> switch:admin>

2. Determine any differences between the information in the SANafter.txt

file and the information in the

SANbefor.txt

file created earlier. In particular, look for differences in the following:

Device types

Number of devices

ISL and port states

Number of switches in the fabric

3. If an SCC policy exists on the active fabric where you are connecting the new chassis, modify the policy to include the

WWN of the new chassis.

Refer to the

Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide

for information on SCC policy.

Use the wwn command to determine the WWN of the chassis.

Use the secPolicyAdd command to modify an existing policy.

4. Resolve any issues or unintentional changes to the device or fabric:

If there are any mechanical problems, try reseating the associated component.

If the configuration information is not correct for the device, modify as required.

If other issues exist, contact your support provider.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

202

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Regulatory Statements

BSMI Statement (Taiwan)

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Warning:

This is Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Canadian Requirements

This Class A digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations,

ICES-003 Class A.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

CE Statement

ATTENTION

This is Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

The standards compliance label on this device contains the CE mark, which indicates that this system conforms to the provisions of the following European Council directives, laws, and standards:

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 2014/30/EU

Low Voltage Directive (LVD) 2014/35/EU

EN 55032/EN 55024 (European Immunity Requirements)

EN61000-3-2/JEIDA (European and Japanese Harmonics Spec)

EN61000-3-3

China ROHS

FCC Warning (U.S. Only)

This equipment has been tested and complies with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Part 15 of the

FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment.

This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, might cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at the user’s own expense.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

203

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

KCC Statement (Republic of Korea)

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Class A device (Broadcasting Communication Device for Office Use): This device obtained EMC registration for office use

(Class A), and may be used in places other than home. Sellers and/or users need to take note of this.

VCCI Statement

This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Information

Technology Equipment (VCCI). If this equipment is used in a domestic environment, radio disturbance might arise. When such trouble occurs, the user might be required to take corrective actions.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

204

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Cautions and Danger Notices

Cautions

A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause damage to hardware, firmware, software, or data.

Ein Vorsichthinweis warnt Sie vor potenziellen Personengefahren oder Beschädigung der Hardware, Firmware, Software oder auch vor einem möglichen Datenverlust

Un message de mise en garde vous alerte sur des situations pouvant présenter un risque potentiel de dommages corporels ou de dommages matériels, logiciels ou de perte de données.

Un mensaje de precaución le alerta de situaciones que pueden resultar peligrosas para usted o causar daños en el hardware, el firmware, el software o los datos.

General Cautions

CAUTION

If fan assembly LED operation indicates a fault or no power, verify that fan is fully seated in the chassis and that captive screws securing fan in the chassis are fully tightened. If screws are loose, pressure from fans may unseat the fan from chassis connectors.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Wenn eine leuchtende Lüftermontage-LED auf einen Fehler oder fehlende Stromversorgung hinweist,

überprüfen Sie, ob der Lüfter vollständig in das Chassis eingesetzt wurde und ob die unverlierbaren Schrauben, mit denen der Lüfter am Chassis befestigt ist, vollständig angezogen sind. Wenn die Schrauben locker sind, kann der Lüfter durch den Lüfterdruck möglicherweise angehoben und von den Chassis-Anschlüssen getrennt werden.

Si le voyant à DEL d'un ventilateur indique une défaillance ou une panne de courant, vérifiez que le ventilateur est bien logé dans le châssis et que les vis qui fixent le ventilateur au châssis sont bien serrées. Si les vis sont desserrées, la pression créée par les ventilateurs peut déplacer le ventilateur suffisament pour qu'il se connecte du châssis.

Si el LED del montaje del ventilador/abanico indica una falla o una falta de energía, compruebe que el ventilador/abanico esté completamente asentado en el chasis y que los tornillos cautivos que sujetan el ventilador en el chasis estén completamente ajustados. Si los tornillos están sueltos, la presión de los ventiladores puede desmontar o desprender el ventilador de los conectores del chasis.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Falls dieses Gerät verändert oder modifiziert wird, ohne die ausdrückliche Genehmigung der für die Einhaltung der Anforderungen verantwortlichen Partei einzuholen, kann dem Benutzer der weitere Betrieb des Gerätes untersagt werden.

Les éventuelles modifications apportées à cet équipement sans avoir été expressément approuvées par la partie responsable d'en évaluer la conformité sont susceptibles d'annuler le droit de l'utilisateur à utiliser cet

équipement.

Si se realizan cambios o modificaciones en este dispositivo sin la autorización expresa de la parte responsable del cumplimiento de las normas, la licencia del usuario para operar este equipo puede quedar anulada.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

205

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

CAUTION

Disassembling any part of the power supply and fan assembly voids the warranty and regulatory certifications.

There are no user-serviceable parts inside the power supply and fan assembly.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Das Zerlegen von Netzteilen oder Lüftereinheiten macht die Garantie und die gesetzlichen Zertifizierungen ungültig. Die Netzteile und Lüftereinheiten enthalten keine Teile, die vom Benutzer gewartet werden können.

Le démontage d'une pièce du bloc d'alimentation ou du ventilateur annule la garantie et les certificats de conformité. Aucune pièce du bloc de l'alimentation ou du ventilateur ne peut être réparée par l'utilisateur.

Si se desmonta cualquier pieza del módulo de fuente de alimentación y ventiladores, la garantía y las certificaciones normativas quedan anuladas. En el interior del módulo de fuente de alimentación y ventiladores no hay piezas que pueda reparar el usuario.

CAUTION

Make sure the airflow around the front and back of the device is not restricted.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Stellen Sie sicher, dass an der Vorderseite, den Seiten und an der Rückseite der Luftstrom nicht behindert wird.

Vérifiez que rien ne restreint la circulation d'air devant, derrière et sur les côtés du dispositif et qu'elle peut se faire librement.

Asegúrese de que el flujo de aire en las inmediaciones de las partes anterior, laterales y posterior del instrumento no esté restringido.

CAUTION

Ensure that the airflow direction of the power supply unit matches that of the installed fan tray. The power supplies and fan trays are clearly labeled with either a green arrow with an "E" or an orange arrow with an "I."

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die Luftstromrichtung des Netzteils der eingebauten Lüftereinheit entspricht.

Die Netzteile und Lüftereinheiten sind eindeutig mit einem grünen Pfeil und dem Buchstaben "E" oder einem orangefarbenen Pfeil mit dem Buchstaben "I" gekennzeichnet.

Veillez à ce que le sens de circulation de l'air du bloc d'alimentation corresponde à celui du tiroir de ventilation installé. Les blocs d'alimentation et les tiroirs de ventilation sont étiquetés d'une flèche verte avec un "E " ou d'une flèche orange avec un " I ".

Asegúrese de que la dirección del flujo de aire de la unidad de alimentación se corresponda con la de la bandeja del ventilador instalada. Los dispositivos de alimentación y las bandejas del ventilador están etiquetadas claramente con una flecha verde y una "E" o con una flecha naranja y una "I".

CAUTION

To protect the serial port from damage, keep the cover on the port when not in use.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Um den seriellen Anschluss vor Beschädigungen zu schützen, sollten Sie die Abdeckung am Anschluss belassen, wenn er nicht verwendet wird.

Mettre le bouchon de protection sur le port série lorsqu'il ne sert pas pour éviter de l'endommager.

Para evitar que se dañe el puerto serie, mantenga la cubierta colocada sobre el puerto cuando no lo utilice.

CAUTION

Never leave tools inside the chassis.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

Lassen Sie keine Werkzeuge im Chassis zurück.

Ne laissez jamais d'outils à l'intérieur du châssis

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

206

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

PRECAUCIÓN No deje nunca herramientas en el interior del chasis.

CAUTION

Use the screws specified in the procedure. Using longer screws can damage the device.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Verwenden Sie die in der Anleitung aufgeführten Schrauben. Mit längeren Schrauben wird das Gerät möglicherweise beschädigt.

Utilisez les vis mentionnées dans les instructions. L'utilisation de vis plus longues peut endommager l'appareil.

Utilice los tornillos especificados en el procedimiento. Si utiliza tornillos de mayor longitud, podría dañar el dispositivo.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector handles.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Um Beschädigung von Blade und Chassis zu vermeiden drücken sie das Blade nicht mithilfe des

Auswurfhebels in einen Slot bzw. ziehen es heraus.

Pour éviter d’endommager une lame et le châssis, ne pas pousser la lame dans une fente ou retirer la lame d'une fente en utilisant les poignées d'éjection.

Para evitar dañar la placa y el chasis, no coloque la placa en la ranura ni la retire de la ranura usando los mangos eyectores.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Versuchen Sie nicht das Chassis über die Logo-Blende anzuheben oder zu stützen, welche über den portseitigen Luftauslässen angebracht ist.

Ne tentez pas de soulever ou de soutenir le châssis par la plaque du logo qui est fixée sur les bouches d'aération et située sur le côté des ports.

No intente levantar ni sostener el chasis sujetando el bisel del logotipo colocado sobre las ventilas que se encuentra al lado del puerto Ethernet de la puerta.

CAUTION

Remove the logo bezel protective cover on the port side of chassis before applying power. This cover is attached over the air vents. If not removed, the chassis can overheat and will eventually shut down.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Entfernen sie die Logo-Blendenschutzabdeckung auf der Portseite des Chassis, bevor sie das Gerät mit Strom versorgen. Diese Abdeckung befindet sich über den Luftauslässen. Wenn diese nicht entfernt wird, kann das

Chassis überhitzen und heruntergefahren werden.

Retirez le couvercle de protection de la plaque du logo située sur le côté des ports du châssis avant de mettre sous tension. Ce couvercle est fixé sur les bouches d'aération. S’il n’est pas retiré, le châssis peut surchauffer et éventuellement s'arrêter.

Retire la cubierta de protección del bisel del logotipo que se encuentra al lado del puerto Ethernet del chasis antes de ejercer fuerza. Esta cubierta se coloca sobre las ventilas. Si no se retira, el chasis puede sobrecalentarse y eventualmente apagarse.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

207

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Electrical Cautions

CAUTION

Use a separate branch circuit for each power cord, which provides redundancy in case one of the circuits fails.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Es empfiehlt sich die Installation eines separaten Stromkreiszweiges für jede Elektroschnur als Redundanz im

Fall des Ausfalls eines Stromkreises.

Utilisez un circuit de dérivation différent pour chaque cordon d’alimentation ainsi, il y aura un circuit redondant en cas de panne d’un des circuits.

Use un circuito derivado separado para cada cordón de alimentación, con lo que se proporcionará redundancia en caso de que uno de los circuitos falle.

CAUTION

For the NEBS-compliant installation of a Brocade device , use a ground wire of at least 2 AWG. The ground wire should have an agency-approved crimped connector (provided with the device) attached to one end, with the other end attached to building ground. The connector must be crimped with the proper tool, allowing it to be connected to both ground screws on the enclosure. Before crimping the ground wire into the provided ground lug, ensure that the bare copper wire has been cleaned and antioxidant is applied to the bare wire. In addition, anti-rotation devices or lock washers must be used with all screw connections for the grounding wire.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Zur NEBS-konformen Installation eines Brocade Geräts muss zur Erdung ein Kabel der Stärke von mindestens

2 AWG verwendet werden. Das Erdungskabel muss an einem Ende mit einem zugelassenen Crimp-Anschluss

(im Lieferumfang des Geräts) versehen sein und mit dem anderen Ende an die Gebäude-Erde angeschlossen werden. Der Anschluss muss mit einem geeigneten Werkzeug gecrimpt werden, damit er mit den beiden

Erdungsschrauben auf dem Gehäuse verbunden werden kann. Bevor das Erdungskabel an die Erdungsöse angeschlossen wird, muss der blanke Kupferdraht gereinigt und mit einem Antioxidationsmittel behandelt werden. Außerdem müssen bei allen Schraubverbindungen des Erdungskabels Drehsicherungen oder

Sicherungsscheiben verwendet werden.

Pour garantir la conformité de l'installation d'un dispositif Brocade à la norme NEBS, utilisez un câble de mise

à la terre d'au moins 2 AWG. Le câble de mise à la terre doit être muni d'une cosse sertie homologuée (fournie avec l'appareil) à une extrémité, l'autre extrémité étant reliée à la terre. La cosse doit être sertie avec l'outil adéquat, ce qui permet de la relier aux deux vis de mise à la terre du boîtier. Avant de sertir le câble de mise

à la terre dans la cosse fournie, assurez-vous que le fil de cuivre dénudé a été nettoyé et qu'un antioxydant a

été appliqué. De plus, des dispositifs antirotation ou des rondelles de frein doivent être utilisés avec tous les raccords vissés au câble de mise à la terre.

Para que la instalación de un dispositivo sea conforme a la certificación NEBS, utilice un cable de conexión a tierra de calibre AWG 2 como mínimo. El cable de conexión a tierra debe disponer de un conector engarzado homologado (suministrado con el dispositivo) unido a un extremo de modo que el otro extremo se conecte a la toma de tierra. El conector se debe engarzar con la herramienta adecuada de forma que se pueda conectar a los dos tornillos de conexión a tierra del compartimento. Antes de engarzar el cable de conexión a tierra a la patilla de conexión a tierra proporcionada, asegúrese de limpiar y aplicar antioxidante al alambre pelado de cobre. Además, deben emplearse los seguros contra giro o las arandelas de sujeción en todas las uniones atornilladas del cable de toma de tierra.

CAUTION

Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical contacts to ground surface.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

Bevor Sie ein Kabel in einen Anschluss einstecken, entladen Sie jegliche im Kabel vorhandene elektrische

Spannung, indem Sie mit den elektrischen Kontakten eine geerdete Oberfläche berühren.

Avant de brancher un câble à un port, assurez-vous de décharger la tension du câble en reliant les contacts

électriques à la terre.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

208

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

PRECAUCIÓN Antes de conectar un cable en cualquier puerto, asegúrese de descargar la tensión acumulada en el cable tocando la superficie de conexión a tierra con los contactos eléctricos.

CAUTION

Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Statische Elektrizität kann das System und andere elektronische Geräte beschädigen. Um Schäden zu vermeiden, entnehmen Sie elektrostatisch empfindliche Geräte erst aus deren antistatischer Schutzhülle, wenn

Sie bereit für den Einbau sind.

L'électricité statique peut endommager le châssis et les autres appareils électroniques. Pour éviter tout dommage, conservez les appareils sensibles à l'électricité statique dans leur emballage protecteur tant qu'ils n'ont pas été installés.

La electricidad estática puede dañar el chasis y otros dispositivos electrónicos. A fin de impedir que se produzcan daños, conserve los dispositivos susceptibles de dañarse con la electricidad estática dentro de los paquetes protectores hasta que esté listo para instalarlos.

CAUTION

All devices with AC power sources are intended for installation in restricted access areas only. A restricted access area is a location where access can be gained only by trained service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Alle Geräte mit Wechselstromquellen sind nur zur Installation in Sperrbereichen bestimmt. Ein Sperrbereich ist ein Ort, zu dem nur ausgebildetes Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeug, Schloss und Schlüssel oder einer anderen Schutzvorrichtung Zugang hat.

Tous les équipements dotés de sources d'alimentation C.A. sont destinés à être installés uniquement dans des zones à accès réglementé. Une zone à accès réglementé est une zone dont l'accès n'est possible qu'au personnel de service qualifié utilisant un verrou, une clé ou un outil spécial, ou d'autres moyens de sécurité.

Todos los dispositivos con fuentes de alimentación de corriente alterna (AC), están diseñados únicamente para su instalación en zonas de acceso restringido. Se entiende como área de acceso restringido un lugar al que solo puede acceder personal de servicio mediante el uso de una herramienta especial, llave y cerrojo u otro medio de seguridad similar, y que esté controlado por la autoridad responsable de esa ubicación.

CAUTION

If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Falls kein Modul oder Netzteil im Steckplatz installiert wird, muss die Steckplatztafel angebracht werden. Wenn ein Steckplatz nicht abgedeckt wird, läuft das System heiß.

Si vous n’installez pas de module ou de bloc d'alimentation dans un slot, vous devez laisser le panneau du slot en place. Si vous faites fonctionner le châssis avec un slot découvert, le système surchauffera.

Si no instala un módulo o un fuente de alimentación en la ranura, deberá mantener el panel de ranuras en su lugar. Si pone en funcionamiento el chasis con una ranura descubierta, el sistema sufrirá sobrecalentamiento.

CAUTION

The maximum input voltage for connection to the HVAC/HVDC power supply should not exceed 305 VAC and

400 VDC .

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

Die maximale Eingangsspannung für die Verbindung mit der HS Wechselstrom/HGÜ-Stromversorgung darf 305

V Wechselstrom und 400 V Gleichstrom nicht übersteigen.

La tension maximale d'entrée pour la connexion à l'alimentation CVCA/CVDC ne doit pas dépasser 305 VCA et

400 VDC .

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

209

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

PRECAUCIÓN

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

La tensión máxima de entrada para la conexión a la fuente de alimentación HVAC/HVDC no debe exceder 305

VAC y 400 VDC.

Cautions Related to Equipment Weight

CAUTION

Do not use the port cover tabs to lift the module. They are not designed to support the weight of the module, which can fall and be damaged.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Verwenden Sie nicht die Laschen der Anschlussabdeckungen um ein Modul anzuheben. Diese sind nicht auf das Gewicht des Moduls ausgelegt, welches herunterfallen und dabei beschädigt werden kann.

N'utilisez pas les languettes du boîtier du port pour soulever le module. Elles ne sont pas conçues pour supporter le poids du module, qui peut tomber et être endommagé.

No utilice las pestañas de la tapa del puerto para levantar el módulo. No están diseñadas para soportar el peso del módulo, por lo que este podría caerse y resultar dañado.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the chassis and components, never attempt to lift the chassis using the fan or power supply handles. These handles were not designed to support the weight of the chassis.

VORSICHT

MISE EN GARDE

PRECAUCIÓN

Alle Geräte mit Wechselstromquellen sind nur zur Installation in Sperrbereichen bestimmt. Ein Sperrbereich ist ein Ort, zu dem nur Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeug, Schloss und Schlüssel oder einer anderen

Schutzvorrichtung Zugang hat.

Pour éviter d'endommager le châssis et les composants, ne jamais tenter de soulever le châssis par les poignées du ventilateur ou de l'alimentation. Ces poignées n'ont pas été conçues pour supporter le poids du châssis.

Para prevenir daños al chasis y a los componentes, nunca intente levantar el chasis usando las asas de la fuente de alimentación o del ventilador. Tales asas no han sido diseñadas para soportar el peso del chasis.

Danger Notices

A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you. Safety labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these conditions or situations.

Ein Gefahrenhinweis warnt vor Bedingungen oder Situationen die tödlich sein können oder Sie extrem gefährden können.

Sicherheitsetiketten sind direkt auf den jeweiligen Produkten angebracht um vor diesen Bedingungen und Situationen zu warnen.

Un énoncé de danger indique des conditions ou des situations potentiellement mortelles ou extrêmement dangereuses.

Des étiquettes de sécurité sont posées directement sur le produit et vous avertissent de ces conditions ou situations.

Una advertencia de peligro indica condiciones o situaciones que pueden resultar potencialmente letales o extremadamente peligrosas. También habrá etiquetas de seguridad pegadas directamente sobre los productos para advertir de estas condiciones o situaciones.

General Dangers

DANGER

The procedures in this manual are for qualified service personnel.

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Die Vorgehensweisen in diesem Handbuch sind für qualifiziertes Servicepersonal bestimmt.

Les procédures décrites dans ce manuel doivent être effectuées par un personnel de maintenance qualifié.

Los procedimientos de este manual deben llevarlos a cabo técnicos cualificados.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

210

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Dangers Related to Equipment Weight

DANGER

Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Beim Bewegen des Produktes ist auf eine sichere Hubtechnik zu achten.

Utiliser des techniques de levage sûres pour déplacer le produit.

Tenga mucho cuidado al levantar el producto para moverlo

DANGER

Make sure the rack housing the device is adequately secured to prevent it from becoming unstable or falling over.

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Stellen Sie sicher, dass das Gestell für die Unterbringung des Geräts auf angemessene Weise gesichert ist, so dass das Gestell oder der Schrank nicht wackeln oder umfallen kann.

Vérifiez que le bâti abritant le dispositif est bien fixé afin qu'il ne devienne pas instable ou qu'il ne risque pas de tomber.

Verifique que el bastidor que alberga el instrumento está asegurado correctamente para evitar que pueda hacerse inestable o que caiga.

DANGER

Mount the devices you install in a rack as low as possible. Place the heaviest device at the bottom and progressively place lighter devices above.

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Montieren Sie die Geräte im Gestell so tief wie möglich. Platzieren Sie das schwerste Gerät ganz unten, während leichtere Geräte je nach Gewicht (je schwerer desto tiefer) darüber untergebracht werden.

Montez les dispositifs que vous installez dans un bâti aussi bas que possible. Placez le dispositif le plus lourd en bas et le plus léger en haut, en plaçant tous les dispositifs progressivement de bas en haut du plus lourd au plus léger.

Monte los instrumentos que instale en un bastidor lo más bajos posible. Ponga el instrumento más pesado en la parte inferior y los instrumentos progresivamente más livianos más arriba.

Electrical Dangers

DANGER

Make sure that the power source circuits are properly grounded, and then use the power cord supplied with the device to connect it to the power source.

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Stromkreise ordnungsgemäß geerdet sind. Benutzen Sie dann das mit dem Gerät gelieferte Stromkabel, um es an die Srromquelle anzuschließen.

Vérifiez que les circuits de sources d'alimentation sont bien mis à la terre, puis utilisez lecordon d'alimentation fourni avec le dispositif pour le connecter à la source d'alimentation.

Verifique que circuitos de la fuente de corriente están conectados a tierra correctamente; luego use el cordón de potencia suministrado con el instrumento para conectarlo a la fuente de corriente

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

211

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

DANGER

Before beginning the installation, see the precautions in “Power Precautions.”

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Vor der Installation siehe Vorsichtsmaßnahmen unter “Power Precautions” (Vorsichtsmaßnahmen in Bezug auf elektrische Ablagen).

Avant de commencer l'installation, consultez les précautions décrites dans “Power Precautions” (Précautions quant à l'alimentation).

Antes de comenzar la instalación, consulte las precauciones en la sección “Power Precautions” (Precauciones sobre corriente).

DANGER

For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Aus Sicherheitsgründen sollte ein EGB-Armband zum Schutz von elektronischen gefährdeten Bauelementen mit einem 1 Megaohm-Reihenwiderstand ausgestattet sein.

Pour des raisons de sécurité, la dragonne ESD doit contenir une résistance de série 1 méga ohm.

Por razones de seguridad, la correa de muñeca ESD deberá contener un resistor en serie de 1 mega ohmio.

DANGER

If the installation requires a different power cord than the one supplied with the device, make sure that you use a power cord displaying the mark of the safety agency that defines the regulations for power cords in your country.

The mark is your assurance that the power cord can be used safely with the device.

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Falls für die Installation ein anderes Stromkabel erforderlich ist (wenn das mit dem Gerät gelieferte Kabel nicht passt), müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie ein Stromkabel mit dem Siegel einer Sicherheitsbehörde verwenden, die für die Zertifizierung von Stromkabeln in Ihrem Land zuständig ist. Das Siegel ist Ihre Garantie, dass das

Stromkabel sicher mit Ihrem Gerät verwendet werden kann.

Si l'installation nécessite un cordon d'alimentation autre que celui fourni avec le dispositif, assurez-vous d'utiliser un cordon d'alimentation portant la marque de l'organisation responsable de la sécurité qui définit les normes et régulations pour les cordons d'alimentation dans votre pays. Cette marque vous assure que vous pouvez utiliser le cordon d'alimentation avec le dispositif en toute sécurité.

Si la instalación requiere un cordón de corriente distinto al que se ha suministrado con el instrumento, verifique que usa un cordón de corriente que venga con la marca de la agencia de seguridad que defina las regulaciones para cordones de corriente en su país. Esta marca será su garantía de que el cordón de corriente puede ser utilizado con seguridad con el instrumento.

DANGER

Disconnect the power cord from all power sources to completely remove power from the device.

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Ziehen Sie das Stromkabel aus allen Stromquellen, um sicherzustellen, dass dem Gerät kein Strom zugeführt wird.

Débranchez le cordon d'alimentation de toutes les sources d'alimentation pour couper complètement l'alimentation du dispositif.

Para desconectar completamente la corriente del instrumento, desconecte el cordón de corriente de todas las fuentes de corriente.

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

212

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Laser Dangers

DANGER

All fiber-optic interfaces use Class 1 lasers.

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Alle Glasfaser-Schnittstellen verwenden Laser der Klasse 1.

Toutes les interfaces en fibre optique utilisent des lasers de classe 1.

Todas las interfaces de fibra óptica utilizan láser de clase 1.

DANGER

Use only optical transceivers that are qualified by Broadcom and comply with the FDA Class 1 radiation performance requirements defined in 21 CFR Subchapter I, and with IEC 60825 and EN60825. Optical products that do not comply with these standards might emit light that is hazardous to the eyes.

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

Verwenden Sie nur optische Transceiver, die von Broadcom und die die Anforderungen gemäß FDA Class

1 Radiation Performance Standards in 21 CFR, Unterkapitel I, sowie IEC 60825 und EN60825 erfüllen.

Optische Produkte, die diese Normen nicht erfüllen, können Strahlen aussenden, die für das menschliche Auge gefährlich sind.

Utilisez uniquement des émetteurs-récepteurs optiques certifiés par Broadcom et conformes aux exigences sur la puissance de rayonnement de catégorie 1 de la FDA définies au sous-chapitre 21 CFR I et à les normes

IEC 60825 et EN60825. Les produits optiques non-conformes à ces normes sont susceptibles d’émettre une lumière dangereuse pour les yeux.

Utilice sólo transceptores ópticos aprobados por Broadcom y que cumplan con las normas IEC 60825 y

EN60825, y con los estándares de rendimiento Clase 1 de FDA definidos en el subcapítulo I de 21 CFR. Los productos ópticos que no cumplan con estos estándares pueden emitir luz dañina para los ojos.

DANGER

Laser Radiation. Do Not View Directly with Optical Instruments. Class 1M Laser Products.

GEFAHR

DANGER

PELIGRO

警告

Laserstrahlung! Schauen Sie nicht direkt mit optischen Instrumenten in den Laserstrahl herein. Klasse 1M

Laserprodukte.

Rayonnement de laser. Ne regardez pas directement avec des instruments optiques. Produits de laser de classe 1M.

Radiacion de Laser. No vea directamente con Instrumentos Opticos. Clase 1M de Productos de Laser.

レーザ放射 光学器具で直接ビームを見ないこと クラス1

M

レーザ製品

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

213

X7-4-Install-IG100 Installation Guide

Revision History

X7-4-Install-IG100; 30 April 2020

Initial document version.

Brocade

®

X7-4 Director Hardware Installation Guide

Broadcom

X7-4-Install-IG100

214

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Key Features

  • High-speed connectivity and low latency
  • Consolidates multiple network controllers into a single platform
  • Advanced security features such as firewall, intrusion detection, and access control
  • Modular design for easy customization and scalability
  • Supports a wide range of network protocols and technologies

Related manuals

Frequently Answers and Questions

What are the dimensions of the X7-4 Director?
The X7-4 Director has a height of 8U, a width of 19 inches, and a depth of 31 inches.
How many ports does the X7-4 Director have?
The X7-4 Director has 32 SFP28 ports and 4 QSFP28 ports.
What is the maximum power consumption of the X7-4 Director?
The maximum power consumption of the X7-4 Director is 2000 watts.

advertisement

Table of contents